Docstoc

Ag Sci 2009-2010.indd

Document Sample
Ag Sci 2009-2010.indd Powered By Docstoc
					                                                                 College of Sciences
                                                 College of Agricultural Agricultural Sciences                                            95




                       T
The College of                    he College of Agricultural          HIGH SCHOOL PREPARATION                         137 Strand
Agricultural                      Sciences offers educational         Advances in the technology and sciences         Agriculture Hall
Sciences performs                 programs to serve the needs         of agriculture and natural resources make       Oregon State
four vital services—              of individuals interested           the study of biological, physical, and social   University
instruction,           in pursuing careers in agribusiness;           sciences and communications vital. High         Corvallis, OR
research, extension,   agriculture; animal, plant and food            school agricultural science and technology      97331-2202
                       systems; environmental economics and           (AST) courses also help prepare students        541-737-2211
and international
                       policy; fisheries and wildlife; food science;   for some fields of study. The following          E-mail: casstudy@
agriculture—that
                       range and natural resource management;         preparation in high school is strongly rec-     oregonstate.edu
are closely tied to    veterinary medicine; and more. The                                                             Web site: http://
                                                                      ommended for students who plan to enter
the human and          faculty realizes the importance of             a College of Agricultural Sciences degree       agsci.oregonstate.
natural resources of   individual aims and abilities and, through     program: English, 4 units; mathematics,         edu/
the state of Oregon    course work, internships, advising, and        3 units; physics, chemistry, and biology,
and that support       extracurricular activities, tries to help      1 unit each; social studies, 3 units; and       ADMINISTRATION
the economic,          each student discover and develop social,      foreign language, 2 units.                      William G.
environmental, and     aesthetic, and ethical values as well as                                                       Boggess
community welfare      professional competence.                       INDIVIDUAL ADVISING                             Interim Dean
of the state, the         Undergraduate students may pursue           Each student is considered an important         737-1395
Pacific Northwest,      the following bachelor of science degree       individual. His or her study program is         bill.boggess@
the nation, and the    programs through the College of Agricul-       developed in personal consultation with         oregonstate.edu
world.                 tural Sciences:                                a faculty advisor in the department of his
                                                                                                                      Roy Arnold
                       • Agricultural Business Management             or her major interest. As early as possible,    Interim Executive
                       • Animal Sciences                              each student is encouraged to select a          Associate Dean
                       • Bioresources Research                        subject area and become associated with         737-5535
                       • Crop and Soil Science                        instructors and other students with similar     roy.arnold@
                       • Environmental Economics, Policy, and         interests. Initial or early advising is based   oregonstate.edu
                           Management                                 upon the student’s high school record and
                       • Fisheries and Wildlife                       placement test scores. When high school         Stella M.
                       • Food Science and Technology                  preparation is found to be inadequate, the      Coakley
                                                                                                                      Associate Dean
                       • General Agriculture                          student is encouraged to enroll in courses
                                                                                                                      737-5264
                       • Horticulture                                 providing the education, training, and
                                                                                                                      stella.coakley@
                       • Rangeland Ecology and Management             experience necessary to help assure success
                                                                                                                      oregonstate.edu
                       Graduate students may pursue the follow-       at the university level, even though such
                       ing degree programs:                           work may require the student to take one        Larry Curtis
                       • Agricultural Education (MAg, MS)             or more additional terms to complete a          Associate Dean
                       • Animal Science (MAg, MS, PhD)                prescribed four-year curriculum. Students       737-1764
                       • Biological and Ecological                    planning to transfer from a community           larry.curtis@
                           Engineering (MEng, MS, PhD)                college or another four-year institution are    oregonstate.edu
                       • Crop Science (MAg, MS, PhD)                  encouraged to contact an advisor to dis-        Cary J. Green
                       • Economics (MA, MS, PhD)                      cuss their plan of study as far in advance      Assistant Dean and
                       • Fisheries Science (MAg, MS, PhD)             of transferring as possible.                    Head Advisor
                       • Food Science and Technology                                                                  737-5746
                           (MAg, MS, PhD)                             INTERNSHIPS                                     cary.green@
                       • Genetics (MA, MAg, MS, PhD)                  College of Agricultural Science depart-         oregonstate.edu
                       • Horticulture (MAg, MS, PhD)                  ments and programs offer academic credit
                       • Interdisciplinary Studies (MAIS)             for learning achieved during supervised
                       • Poultry Science (MAg, MS, PhD)               work experience. Internships are avail-
                       • Public Policy (MPP)                          able in all facets of agriculture and natural
                       • Rangeland Ecology and Management             resources through individual departmental
                           (MAg, MS, PhD)                             offerings. Applications for internships
                       • Soil Science (MAg, MS, PhD)                  must be approved prior to placement.
                       • Toxicology (MAg, MS, PhD)                    Details are available from departmental
                       • Water Resources Engineering (MS, PhD)        advisors.
                       • Water Resources Policy and
                           Management (MS)                            SCHOLARSHIPS
                       • Water Resources Science (MS, PhD)            The College of Agricultural Sciences and
                       • Wildlife Science (MAg, MS, PhD)              its departments offer a variety of scholar-
                                                                      ships to deserving students. Several are
                       DUAL DEGREES IN                                reserved for incoming high school or
                       INTERNATIONAL STUDIES OR                       transfer students. Additional information
                       EDUCATION                                      and application forms for college-level
                       Undergraduates with majors in the Col-         scholarships are available online at http://
                       lege of Agricultural Sciences can earn a       agsci.oregonstate.edu/students/schol.html
                       second degree in international studies         or from the Academic Programs Office,
                       or education. See the International Pro-       137 Strand Agriculture Hall, 737-2211. For
                       grams or College of Education sections of      information about departmental scholar-
                       this catalog for more information.             ships, contact each department directly.
                                                                      For more information about university-
                                                                      level scholarships, contact the Office of
                                                                      Financial Aid and Scholarships, 737-2241.
96       Oregon State University



MINOR PROGRAMS                               The Department of Agricultural and            company opportunities include similar
Minors are offered through most depart-      Resource Economics offers two Bachelor        positions with utility companies, banks,
ments of the College of Agricultural         of Science degrees: one in environmental      consulting firms, and resource manage-
Sciences. Students interested in pursuing    economics, policy, and management             ment companies. The EEPM degree also
a minor must first contact the key advi-      and one in agricultural business man-         provides an excellent foundation for
sor in the area of interest and meet the     agement. These degrees open doors to          graduate work in economics, as well as
following requirements:                      exciting careers in the traditional areas     law, public policy, and urban planning.
1. The minor must consist of a               of commercial agriculture, agricultural
    minimum of 27 designated credits of      business management, and agricultural         MINORS
    related course work, including 12 in     policy, and in the newer career areas         Each minor in the Agricultural and
    upper-division courses.                  of natural resource and environmental         Resource Economics (AREC) Department
2. Courses required for the student’s        management, marine resources, inter-          is created to provide students within and
    major may not count toward a             national trade and development, rural         outside the discipline the opportunity
    minor.                                   growth and change, and environmental          to study a secondary area. Each minor
3. An individual course may not count        and resource law.                             requires 27 credits of course work in ad-
    toward more than one minor.                 The Environmental Economics, Policy,       dition to the student’s major. At least 12
                                             and Management (EEPM) degree prepares         of the 27 credits must be upper division.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS                      students for public and private positions     No credits counted toward the minor
To be eligible for a Bachelor of Science     in natural and environmental resource         can be courses also counted toward the
(BS) degree, a student must complete a       analysis and management. EEPM stu-            student’s major.
minimum of 180 credits including:            dents receive strong training in econom-         Agricultural Business Manage-
1. University baccalaureate core             ic theory, resource economics, environ-       ment (ABM) majors may not elect
    requirements                             mental economics, and quantitative            to complete an Agricultural Business
2. Courses in agricultural sciences:         decision-making techniques. Students          Management minor; and Environmen-
    36 credits including 24 credits at the   learn how to apply economic theory and        tal Economics, Policy and Management
    upper-division level.                    techniques to “real world” resource and       (EEPM) majors may not elect to com-
                                             environmental problems. They also are         plete a Resource Economics or Natural
AGRICULTURAL AND                             trained to understand and appreciate the      Resource and Environmental Law and
                                             noneconomic aspects of resource and en-       Policy minor.
RESOURCE ECONOMICS
                                             vironmental problems, including social,
                                             ecological, physical, political, and legal    AGRICULTURAL BUSINESS
Susan M. Capalbo, Department Head                                                          MANAGEMENT (BS, CRED, HBS)
213 Ballard Extension Hall                   considerations.
                                                The Agricultural Business Manage-          The BS in Agricultural Business Manage-
Oregon State University                                                                    ment degree curriculum blends course
Corvallis, OR 97331-3601                     ment (ABM) degree prepares students
                                             for unique challenges and opportuni-          work in agricultural economics, business,
541-737-2942                                                                               agricultural sciences, computer science,
E-mail: arec@oregonstate.edu                 ties in agricultural business careers. The
                                             degree combines economic and business         arts, and humanities so that gradu-
Web site: http://arec.oregonstate.edu/                                                     ates can respond to the unique chal-
                                             principles and their application to farms
                                             and ranches, companies processing and         lenges and opportunities in agribusiness
FACULTY
                                             marketing farm products, and companies        vocations.
Professors Boggess, Buccola, Capalbo,
                                             supplying goods and services to farmers          All ABM students must select a minor
Färe, Hanna, Jaeger, Lev, McMullen,
                                             and other businesses. The curriculum          (minimum of 27 credits) appropriate to
Munisamy, Perry, Plantinga, Seavert,
                                             combines skills in marketing, business        their professional goals and interests. An
Sylvia, Weber, Wu
                                             management, accounting, and economic          internship or project is required to inte-
Associate Professors Burt, Diebel,
                                             analysis with a minor appropriate to a        grate course work with business-oriented
Durham, Eleveld, Riggs, Tanaka
                                             student’s professional goals and interests.   experiences.
Assistant Professors Egelkraut, Gow,
                                                The BS in Agricultural Business               *Please note students must receive a
Langpap, Reimer
                                             Management and BS in Environmental            “C–” or above in the courses listed below.
ADJUNCT FACULTY                              Economics, Policy, and Management             If a student receives below a “C–” he or
Adams, Albers, Bernell, Fisher, Johnson,     are offered through the OSU Corvallis         she must retake the course.
Montgomery, Rosenberger                      campus as well as the OSU Agriculture         AREC 211. Management in Agriculture (4)
                                             Program at Eastern Oregon University in       AREC 221. Marketing in Agriculture (3)
                                             LaGrande.                                     AREC 250. *Introduction to Environmental
Undergraduate Majors                                                                        Economics and Policy (3)
Environmental Economics, Policy, and         CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                            or ECON 201. *Introduction to
  Management (BS)                            Graduates may pursue a number of               Microeconomics (4)
Agricultural Business Management (BS)        attractive career opportunities. Agricul-     AREC 300. Applied Economic Analysis (3)
                                             tural business management majors may          BA 211. Financial Accounting (4)
Minors                                       move directly into professional jobs with     BA 213. Managerial Accounting (4)
Agricultural Business Management             agribusiness firms, financial and insur-        ECON 202. *Intro to Macroeconomics (4)
Natural Resource and Environmental           ance institutions, or manage their own        MTH 111. *College Algebra (4)
  Law and Policy                             agribusinesses. EEPM students can serve       MTH 241. *Calculus for Management and
Resource Economics                           effectively as members of interdisciplin-      Social Science (4)
                                             ary teams involved in resource and envi-      ST 351. Intro to Statistical Methods (4)
Affiliated Interdisciplinary                  ronmental management, planning, and           WR 121. *English Composition (3)
Graduate Major                               policy analysis. Government job oppor-        WR 323. *English Composition (3)
                                             tunities include management, planning,          or WR 327. *Technical Writing (3)
Applied Economics (MA, MS, PhD)
  (See Graduate School)                      and analysis positions with federal, state,   BS Degree Requirements (180)
                                             and local government agencies. Private        Baccalaureate Core (48)
                                                                                   College of Agricultural Sciences                   97



Agricultural and Resource                     ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS,                        Select one course from below:
Economics Core Courses                        POLICY AND MANAGEMENT                            PS 474. Natural Resource Policy and
AREC 121. Discovering Agribusiness and        (BS, CRED, HBS)                                    Bureaucratic Politics (4)
 Agricultural Economics (2)                   The BS in Environmental Economics,               PS 475. Environmental Politics and Policy
AREC 211. Management in Agriculture (4)       Policy and Management degree curricu-              (4)
AREC 221. Marketing in Agriculture (3)        lum is designed to develop skills in agri-       PS 476. *Science and Politics (4)
AREC 250. *Introduction to Environmental      cultural economics, resource economics,         Select two courses from below:
 Economics and Policy (3)                     economic development, marine econom-             BI 370. Ecology (3)
 and AREC 299. Special Topics (1)             ics, international agricultural trade, and       CSS 305. Principles of Soil Science (4)
 or ECON 201. *Introduction to                related fields. Along with the bacca-               and CSS 306. Problem Solving: Soil
 Microeconomics (4)                                                                              Science Applications (1)
                                              laureate core of required courses in the
AREC 300. Applied Economic Analysis (3)
                                              sciences and humanities, students may            CSS 335. *Intro to Water Science and
AREC 406. Projects (6)                                                                           Policy (3)
                                              select a broad range of electives with the
 or AREC 410. Internship (6)                                                                   FOR 111. Intro to Forestry (3)
                                              help of a faculty advisor. This program
AREC 461. *^Agricultural and Food Policy                                                       FW 251. Principles of Fish and Wildlife
 Issues (4)                                   provides flexibility to meet a wide variety
                                              of educational and career goals.                   Conservation (3)
AREC 465. M/Agricultural Financial
                                                 *Please note students must receive a          OC 331. Intro to Oceanography (3)
 Reporting and Analysis (3)
AREC 499. ABM Capstone I (3)                  “C–” or above in the courses listed below.       RNG 241. Rangeland Ecology and
                                              If a student receives below a “C–” he or           Management (3)
Quantitative Courses–Choose two               she must retake the course.                     Social Sciences
courses from the following list:                                                              ECON 202. *Intro to Macroeconomics (4)
AREC 447. Agricultural Price and Market       AREC 211. Management in Agriculture (4)
                                                                                              ECON 315. Intermediate Macroeconomic
 Analysis (4)                                 AREC 221. Marketing in Agriculture (3)           Theory I (4)
ECON 424. Intron to Econometrics (4)          AREC 250. *Introduction to Environmental        PS 201. *Intro to U.S. Government and
ST 352. Intro to Statistical Methods (4)       Economics and Policy (3)                        Politics (4)
                                                or ECON 201. *Introduction to
Upper-Division Business Courses–               Microeconomics (4)                             Computers and Technology
Choose two from the following                 AREC 300. Applied Economic Analysis (3)         AG 111. Computer Applications in
list:                                         BA 211. Financial Accounting (4)                 Agriculture (3)
BA 347. International Business (4)            BA 213. Managerial Accounting (4)                or CS 101. Computers: Applications and
BA 351. Managing Organizations (4)            ECON 202. *Intro to Macroeconomics (4)           Implications (4)
BA 390. Marketing (4)                         MTH 111. *College Algebra (4)                   GEO 365. Introduction to Geographic
BA 441. Financial Institutions (4)                                                             Information Systems (4)
                                              MTH 241. *Calculus for Management and
BA 463. Family Business Management (4)         Social Science (4)                             Communications
BA 492–BA 499. Upper-division business        ST 351. Intro to Statistical Methods (4)        WR 323. *English Composition (3)
 marketing course (4)                         WR 121. *English Composition (3)                 or WR 327. *Technical Writing (3)
Choose a minimum of 12 credits                WR 323. *English Composition (3)                Mathematics
from upper-division AREC or ECON                or WR 327. *Technical Writing (3)             MTH 111. *College Algebra (4)
courses or others as approved by              BS Degree Requirements (180)                    MTH 241. *Calculus for Management and
advisor.                                                                                       Social Science (4)
                                              Baccalaureate Core (48)
Business Administration                                                                       Statistics
BA 211. Financial Accounting (4)              Agricultural and Resource                       ST 351. Intro to Statistical Methods (4)
BA 213. Managerial Accounting (4)             Economics                                       ST 352. Intro to Statistical Methods (4)
BA 233. Legal Environment of Business (2)     AREC 121. Discovering Agribusiness and
                                               Agricultural Economics (2)                       or ECON 424. Intro to Econometrics (4)
BA 360. Introduction to Financial                                                             16 additional upper-division credits or
 Management (4)                               AREC 250. *Intro to Environmental
                                               Economics and Policy (3)                        completion of an approved minor
Computers and Technology–Choose                and AREC 299. Special Topics (1)
one course from below:                         or ECON 201. *Intro to Microeconomics (4)      AGRICULTURAL BUSINESS
AG 111. Computer Applications in              AREC 253. *Environmental Law, Policy, and       MANAGEMENT MINOR
 Agriculture (3)                               Economics (4)                                  The Agricultural Business Manage-
CS 101. Computers: Applications and           AREC 300. Applied Economic Analysis (3)         ment minor (27) is available to stu-
 Implications (4)                             AREC 351. *Natural Resource Economics           dents outside the AREC Department.
Social Sciences                                and Policy (3)                                 Business Administration majors plan-
ECON 202. *Introduction to                    AREC 352. *Environmental Economics and          ning to minor in Agricultural Business
 Macroeconomics (4)                            Policy (3)                                     Management must see both a business
                                              AREC 434. ^Environmental and Resource           and an AREC advisor to discuss certain
Communications                                 Economics (3)
WR 323. *English Composition (3)                                                              course restrictions in the minor. Busi-
                                              Select one course from below:                   ness majors must choose alternate AREC
 or WR 327. *Technical Writing (3)
                                               AREC 432. Environmental Law (4)                courses to replace the credits that are also
Mathematics                                    FOR 462. Natural Resource Policy and Law (3)   in the BA major.
MTH 111. *College Algebra (4)                  FOR 463/FOR 563. Environmental Policy             Each minor in the Agricultural and
MTH 241. *Calculus for Management and            and Law Interactions (3)                     Resource Economics (AREC) Department
 Social Science (4)                           Select one course from below:                   is created to provide students within and
Statistics                                     AREC 454. Rural Development Economics          outside the discipline the opportunity
ST 351. Intro to Statistical Methods (4)         and Policy (3)                               to study a secondary area. Each minor
Required Minor (27)                            AREC 461. *^Agricultural and Food Policy       requires 27 credits of course work in ad-
Appropriate to student’s professional goals      Issues (4)                                   dition to the student’s major. At least 12
 and interests.                                ECON 435. The Public Economy (4)               of the 27 credits must be upper division.
                                               ECON 439. Public Policy Analysis (4)           No credits counted toward the minor
                                               FOR 432. Economics of Recreation               can be courses also counted toward the
                                                 Resources (4)                                student’s major.
98       Oregon State University



  Agricultural Business Management           Requirements                                      PS 477. International Environmental
(ABM) majors may not elect to complete       AREC 253. *Environmental Law, Policy, and          Politics and Policy (4)
an Agricultural Business Management.          Economics (4)                                    SOC 480. *Environmental Sociology (4)
And Environmental Economics, Policy          AREC 432. Environmental Law (4)                   SOC 481. *Society and Natural Resources (4)
and Management (EEPM) majors may             FOR 462. Natural Resource Policy and Law
                                              (3)
                                                                                              Total=27
not elect to complete a Resource Eco-
nomics or Natural Resource and Environ-      Select 16 credits from the list below:
                                                                                              COURSES
mental Law and Policy minor.                  AREC 461. *^Agricultural and Food Policy        AREC 121. DISCOVERING AGRIBUSINESS
                                                Issues (4)                                    AND AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS (2).
Requirements                                  FW 341. Fisheries and Wildlife Law              Explore issues, opportunities, and challenges
AREC 211. Management in Agriculture (4)         Enforcement (2)                               in the dynamic and diverse employment field of
AREC 221. Marketing in Agriculture (3)                                                        agricultural economics. Case studies and field
                                              FW 415. Fisheries and Wildlife Law and          trips. Emphasizes problem solving skills needed
AREC 300. Applied Economics Analysis (3)        Policy (3)                                    in today’s agribusiness industry. PREREQS:
Complete a minimum of 10 credits              PHL 365. *Law in Philosophical                  Freshman or sophomore standing: new major or
 from the following:                            Perspective (4)                               minor.
 AREC 370. Agricultural Markets and Trade     PHL 440. Environmental Ethics (4)               AREC 199. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-4). Targeted
  (3)                                         PS 321, PS 322, PS 323. American                courses that focus on specific topics in agricultural
 AREC 372. Agricultural Cooperatives (2)        Constitutional Law (4,4,4)                    and resource economics. Topics may vary from
 AREC 382. Farm and Ranch Appraisal (4)                                                       term to term and from year to year. May be
                                              PS 474. Natural Resource Policy and             repeated for credit when topics differ. This course
 AREC 447. Agricultural Price and Market        Bureaucratic Politics (4)                     is repeatable for a maximum of 10 credits.
  Analysis (4)                                PS 475. Environmental Politics and Policy (4)
                                                                                              AREC 211. MANAGEMENT IN AGRICULTURE
 AREC 461. ^Agricultural and Food Policy      PS 476. *Science and Politics (4)               (4). Economic and business principles applied to
  Issues (4)                                  PS 477. International Environmental             the management of agribusiness firms, including
 AREC 465. M/Agricultural Financial             Politics and Policy (4)                       farms and ranches; goal-setting and management
  Reporting and Analysis (3)                  SOC 448. Law and Society (3)                    information; planning and decision-making tools;
 AREC 467. M/Capital Budgeting in                                                             acquiring, organizing, and managing land, labor,
  Agriculture (1)                            Total=27                                         and capital resources. PREREQS: ECON 201.
 AREC 468. M/Crop Enterprise Budgeting (1)                                                    AREC 221. MARKETING IN AGRICULTURE
 AREC 469. M/Livestock Enterprise            RESOURCE ECONOMICS MINOR                         (3). Organization and functions of domestic and
                                             The Resource Economics minor is                  international markets; market channels for various
  Budgeting (1)                                                                               agricultural commodities; role of agribusiness,
 AREC 470. M/Farm Budgeting and              available to students outside the AREC           cooperatives, and government in marketing
  Planning (1)                               Department.                                      decisions. PREREQS: ECON 201.
 AREC 475. M/Negotiation in Business and        Each minor in the Agricultural and            AREC 250. *INTRODUCTION TO
  Resource Management (1)                    Resource Economics (AREC) Department             ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS AND POLICY
 AREC 476. M/Agricultural Personnel          is created to provide students within and        (3). Examines how economic forces and social
  Management (2)                             outside the discipline the opportunity           institutions cause environmental degradation and
                                                                                              help build management solutions. Explains key
 BA 360. Introduction to Financial           to study a secondary area. Each minor            economic concepts for valuing environmental
  Management (4)                             requires 27 credits of course work in ad-        resources and evaluating the trade-offs of
 BA 463. Family Business Management (4)      dition to the student’s major. At least 12       alternative management approaches from private
Choose additional courses from the list      of the 27 credits must be upper division.        markets to regulation. Applies the concepts and
                                                                                              theories to topical environmental issues such as
above or approved AREC or BA elective        No credits counted toward the minor              water pollution and conserving biodiversity. (Bacc
courses to reach 27 credits.                 can be courses also counted toward the           Core Course)
Total=27                                     student’s major.                                 AREC 253. *ENVIRONMENTAL LAW, POLICY,
                                                Agricultural Business Management              AND ECONOMICS (4). A general introduction to
NATURAL RESOURCE AND                         (ABM) majors may not elect to complete           federal environmental law and policy in the U.S. It
                                                                                              familiarizes students with basic legal institutions
ENVIRONMENTAL LAW AND                        an Agricultural Business Management              and concepts of the American legal system,
POLICY MINOR                                 minor. And Environmental Economics,              outlines the transition of environmental policy from
The Natural Resource and Environmental       Policy and Management (EEPM) majors              its common law roots to its modern administrative
Law and Policy minor is an interdis-         may not elect to complete a Resource             law form, and gives an overview of the major
                                                                                              federal environmental statutes. Relationships
ciplinary minor available to students        Economics or Natural Resource and Envi-          among legal theory and process and economic
outside the AREC Department.                 ronmental Law and Policy minor.                  principles are emphasized. (Bacc Core Course)
   Each minor in the Agricultural and        Requirements                                     AREC 299. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-4). Targeted
Resource Economics (AREC) Department         AREC 250. *Intro to Environmental                courses that focus on specific topics in agricultural
is created to provide students within and     Economics and Policy (3)                        and resource economics. Topics may vary from
outside the discipline the opportunity        or ECON 201. *Intro to Microeconomics (4)       term to term and from year to year. May be
                                                                                              repeated for credit when topics differ. This course
to study a secondary area. Each minor        AREC 300. Applied Economic Analysis (3)          is repeatable for a maximum of 4 credits.
requires 27 credits of course work in ad-    AREC 351. *Natural Resource Economics
                                              and Policy (3)                                  AREC 300. APPLIED ECONOMIC ANALYSIS (3).
dition to the student’s major. At least 12                                                    An intermediate level primer of microeconomic
of the 27 credits must be upper division.    AREC 352. *Environmental Economics and           principles focusing on consumption and
No credits counted toward the minor           Policy (3)                                      production theory and its application in the
can be courses also counted toward the       AREC 461. *^Agricultural and Food Policy         agriculture industry. The course serves as a bridge
                                              Issues (4)                                      between principles of economics and intermediate
student’s major.                                                                              economic theory courses. Both abstract and
   Agricultural Business Management           Select 10–11 credits from the                   mathematical formulations of economic principles
(ABM) majors may not elect to complete          following list:                               are emphasized. PREREQS: (ECON 201 or
an Agricultural Business Management           ANTH 481. *Natural Resources and                ECON 201H or AREC 250) and MTH 241
                                                Community Values (3)                          AREC 311. INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMIC
minor. And Environmental Economics,
                                              ECON 202. *Intro to Macroeconomics (4)          THEORY I (4). An examination of the theories of
Policy and Management (EEPM) majors                                                           consumer behavior and demand, production cost,
may not elect to complete a Resource          FOR 365. *Issues in Natural Resources
                                                Conservation (3)                              the firm, supply, and competitive and monopoly
Economics or Natural Resource and Envi-                                                       market structures. CROSSLISTED as ECON 311.
                                              FW 340. *Multicultural Perspectives in          PREREQS: ECON 201, ECON 202, and MTH 241
ronmental Law and Policy minor.                 Natural Resources (3)                         or MTH 251.
                                              PS 475. Environmental Politics and Policy
                                                (4)
                                                                                                      College of Agricultural Sciences                            99



AREC 312. INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMIC                     PREREQS: Senior standing, departmental                   developed economies; natural resource
THEORY II (4). Examination of the theories               approval required.                                       sectors and the development of rural regions,
of imperfect competition, input markets,                                                                          with emphasis on growth, diversification, and
general equilibrium and welfare economics.               AREC 405. READING AND CONFERENCE                         instability; resource mobility and the spatial
CROSSLISTED as ECON 312. PREREQS:                        (1-16). This course is repeatable for a maximum          aspects of development; poverty and inequality;
AREC 311                                                 of 16 credits. PREREQS: Departmental approval            rural development policy. Not offered every year.
                                                         required.                                                PREREQS: AREC 300 or AREC 311
AREC 351. *NATURAL RESOURCE
ECONOMICS AND POLICY (3). Application of                 AREC 406. PROJECTS (1-16). This course                   AREC 461. *^AGRICULTURAL AND FOOD
principles of economics to identify the causes,          is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.               POLICY ISSUES (4). Principles of agricultural
consequences, and ways of dealing with natural           PREREQS: Departmental approval required.                 and food policy formulation; agricultural
resource problems, including problems associated         AREC 407. SEMINAR (1-16). This course is                 adjustment processes; agricultural price and
with fisheries, forests, water resources, and             repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                  income policies in relation to land use, water,
land. Conceptual topics and policy applications.                                                                  and rural development policies; interrelationships
Emphasis is on developing students’ skill in             AREC 407H. SEMINAR (1-16). This course                   among U.S. and foreign agriculture and trade
applying an economic way of thinking about               is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.               policies. (Bacc Core Course) (Writing Intensive
natural resource management. (Bacc Core                  PREREQS: Honors College approval required.               Course) PREREQS: AREC 250 or ECON 201 and
Course) PREREQS: ECON 201 or ECON 201H                   AREC 408. WORKSHOP (1-16). This course is                AREC 300 or AREC 311/ECON 311.
and MTH 111.                                             repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                  AREC 465. M/AGRICULTURAL FINANCIAL
AREC 352. *ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS                       AREC 410. INTERNSHIP (1-6). Practical on-the-            REPORTING AND ANALYSIS (3). Covers
AND POLICY (3). Analysis of the                          job training in agricultural business, marketing,        balance sheet, income statement, statement of
interrelationships between economic activity,            commercial agricultural production, or related           cash flows, and statement of owner equity, using
government policies, and the environment;                private or public organizations. Graded P/N. This        standards outlined by the Farm Financial Records
benefits and costs of economic growth; economics          course is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.        Task Force. Also the use of ratios to evaluate
of environmental quality and the social costs            PREREQS: Junior or senior standing. Submission           financial performance. PREREQS: AREC 211,
of pollution. Three to five case studies selected         and approval of pre-internship work plans.               AREC 300, BA 215, BA 340.
by the instructor introduce students to the way          Internship program coordinator approval required.
economists analyze environmental policies.                                                                        AREC 467. M/CAPITAL BUDGETING IN
CROSSLISTED as ECON 352. (Bacc Core                      AREC 432. ENVIRONMENTAL LAW (4). Legal                   AGRICULTURE (1). Overview of capital
Course) PREREQS: ECON 201.                               relationships arising out of rights to air, water, and   budgeting techniques as applied to agribusiness
                                                         land. The impact of federal and state regulation         decisions. Specific topics include methods of
AREC 353. PUBLIC LAND STATUTES AND                       on pollution control and on the production, use,         controlling land, leasing versus buying nonland
POLICY (4). Policies guiding the homesteading            and disposal of hazardous materials. PREREQS:            capital assets. PREREQS: AREC 211, AREC 300,
and economic development of the western states;          Junior standing.                                         BA 340.
laws and policies guiding the regulation and use of
water, grazing, timber, and mineral resources. The       AREC 434. ^ENVIRONMENTAL AND                             AREC 468. M/CROP ENTERPRISE BUDGETING
significance of the Prior Appropriations Doctrine         RESOURCE ECONOMICS (3). Examines                         (1). Develop and calculate the per acre costs and
beyond its familiar role in water law and policy is      economic perspectives on the allocation of natural       returns of producing a crop enterprise. Includes
emphasized. Not offered every year. PREREQS:             resources and the management of environmental            the costs of owning and operating farm machinery.
ECON 201.                                                quality, emphasis on the use of economic                 Distinguish between accountants’ and economists’
                                                         concepts in the design and evaluation of public          definitions of production costs. PREREQS:
AREC 370. AGRICULTURAL MARKETS AND                       policies. (Writing Intensive Course) PREREQS:            AREC 211
TRADE (3). Economics of agricultural markets;            (AREC 311 or ECON 311) and (AREC 312 or
price determining forces; price discovery methods;                                                                AREC 469. M/LIVESTOCK ENTERPRISE
                                                         ECON 312)                                                BUDGETING (1). Develop and calculate the
international trade; agricultural trade policies. Not
offered every year. PREREQS: AREC 221 and                AREC 438. EXPLORING WORLD                                costs and returns of producing a livestock
(AREC 300 or AREC 311)                                   AGRICULTURE (2). Survey of crop and livestock            enterprise. Includes the costs of raising breeding
                                                         production in a designated section of the world,         animals, as well as owning and operating
AREC 371. TOPICS IN GLOBALIZATION (1).                   including history, culture, and political situation.     machinery and livestock facilities. Distinguish
This course surveys current economics isuses             Course is designed to prepare students for               between accountants’ and economists’ definition
associated with globalization.                           a tour of study area. Not offered every year.            of production costs. PREREQS: AREC 211
AREC 372. AGRICULTURAL COOPERATIVES                      CROSSLISTED as ANS 438, CSS 438, HORT                    AREC 470. M/FARM BUDGETING AND
(2). A primer on agricultural cooperatives               438. Graded P/N. This course is repeatable for a         PLANNING (1). The process of planning a farm.
including such topics as principles of membership        maximum of 8 credits.                                    Developing long-run whole farm budgets, cash
and business control, management perspectives,           AREC 441. AGRICULTURAL FINANCIAL                         flow planning/budgeting, monitoring and control,
and relationships and linkages between                   MANAGEMENT (4). Principles of financial                   and year end analysis. PREREQS: AREC 211
cooperatives. Field trip. Graded P/N.                    management in production agriculture and                 and BA 215.
AREC 382. FARM AND RANCH APPRAISAL                       agribusiness; financial statements, budgets, and          AREC 475. M/NEGOTIATION IN BUSINESS AND
(4). An introduction to appraisal of rural real          capital investment analysis; business organization       RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (1). Understanding
estate, including methods of valuing property,           forms; legal aspects of borrowing; sources and           the theory and processes of negotiation as it
different types of appraisals, and preparation and       terms of agricultural credit; taxation. EOU campus       is practiced in a variety of settings. The course
interpretation of an appraisal report. Not offered       only. PREREQS: AREC 211; AREC 300 or                     covers distributive and integrative bargaining,
every year. PREREQS: (ECON 201 or AREC 250)              AREC 311; BA 340.                                        dealing with the complexities of multi-party and
and AREC 211 and or instructor approval.                 AREC 442. AGRICULTURAL BUSINESS                          multi-issue negotiations, and ethical issues that
                                                         MANAGEMENT (4). Application of economic,                 arise in negotiations. PREREQS: Junior or senior
AREC 388. AGRICULTURAL LAW (4).                                                                                   standing.
Application of legal principles to business decision     financial, and strategic management principles to
making in farming, ranching, and the agricultural        agricultural business with a focus on a case-study       AREC 476. M/AGRICULTURAL PERSONNEL
support industry. Consideration of the obligations       framework for analysis and business decision             MANAGEMENT (2). A primer on agricultural
arising out of contract, tort, property, water, public   making for alternative business management               personnel management including such topics
land, and natural resource law. Not offered every        strategies.                                              as economic principles related to agricultural
year.                                                    AREC 447. AGRICULTURAL PRICE AND                         labor/management relations, the hiring
                                                         MARKET ANALYSIS (4). Price determination for             process, performance appraisal, wage/benefit
AREC 399. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-4). Targeted                                                                          compensation, promotion/termination, personnel
courses that focus on specific topics in agricultural     agricultural commodities and factors; quantitative
                                                         analysis of prices, factors and markets; agricultural    management from the employer perspective,
and resource economics. Topics may vary from                                                                      and personnel management from the employee
term to term and from year to year. May be               market structures, performance, and roles of
                                                         institutions. Lec/lab. PREREQS: AREC 300 or              perspective.
repeated for credit when topics differ. This course
is repeatable for a maximum of 10 credits.               AREC 311/ECON 311, AREC 370 and ST 351.                  AREC 499. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-3). Various
                                                         AREC 453. PUBLIC LAND AND RESOURCE                       topics in agricultural and resource economics of
AREC 401. RESEARCH AND SCHOLARSHIP                                                                                special and current interest not covered in other
(1-16). This course is repeatable for a maximum          LAW (4). Constitutional, administrative, and
                                                         historical foundations of federal natural resources      courses. May be repeated for credit. This course is
of 16 credits. PREREQS: Departmental approval                                                                     repeatable for a maximum of 18 credits.
required.                                                law and related public policy. Applicable case
                                                         law emphasizing water, range, mineral, wildlife,         AREC 501. RESEARCH AND SCHOLARSHIP
AREC 402. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-16). This                 and recreation resources. Not offered every year.        (1-16). This course is repeatable for a maximum
course is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.        PREREQS: AREC 353.                                       of 16 credits.
PREREQS: Departmental approval required.
                                                         AREC 454. RURAL DEVELOPMENT                              AREC 503. THESIS (1-16). This course is
AREC 403. THESIS (1-16). This course                     ECONOMICS AND POLICY (3). Theories                       repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.               of economic change in developed and less-
100         Oregon State University



AREC 505. READING AND CONFERENCE                         AREC 551. NATURAL RESOURCE                            AREC 643. INTERNATIONAL TRADE II (4).
(1-16). This course is repeatable for a maximum          ECONOMICS (3). Brief introduction to welfare          Introduction to empirical applications of modern
of 16 credits.                                           economics with emphasis on defining economic           trade theory. The main topic is empirical work
                                                         efficiency, intertemporal efficiency, and other         on international trade models that incorporate
AREC 507. SEMINAR (1-16). This course is                 criteria for economic policy; property rights         increasing returns and imperfect competition.
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                  and natural resource use; sources of inefficient       Additional topics include economic integration,
AREC 508. WORKSHOP (1-16). This course is                allocation of natural resources; benefit-cost          geography and trade, trade conflicts, and trade
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                  analysis with full and limited information;           and the environment. PREREQS: (AREC 526 or
                                                         exhaustible resources; renewable resources;           ECON 526) and (AREC 513 or ECON 513) and
AREC 512. MICROECONOMIC THEORY I (4).                    conservation and preservation. Not offered every      ECON 540 and AREC 612 or ECON 612.
Economic theories of consumer behavior and               year. PREREQS: AREC 512* or ECON 512*
demand, production, cost, the firm, supply, and                                                                 AREC 651. ADVANCED NATURAL RESOURCE
competitive and monopoly market structures.              AREC 553. PUBLIC LAND AND RESOURCE                    ECONOMICS (3). Dynamic allocation of scarce
CROSSLISTED as ECON 512. PREREQS:                        LAW (4). Constitutional, administrative, and          exhaustible and renewable natural resources,
AREC 312/ECON 312 or equivalent.                         historical foundations of federal natural resources   social versus private decisions; market and non-
                                                         law and related public policy. Applicable case        market considerations; technological change;
AREC 513. MICROECONOMIC THEORY II                        law emphasizing water, range, mineral, wildlife,      regulation; dynamics and uncertainty. Not offered
(4). Economic theories of imperfect competition,         and recreation resources. Not offered every year.     every year. PREREQS: AREC 513, AREC 526.
input markets, general equilibrium and welfare           PREREQS: AREC 353.
economics. CROSSLISTED as ECON 513.                                                                            AREC 652. ADVANCED ENVIRONMENTAL
PREREQS: AREC 512 or ECON 512                            AREC 554. RURAL DEVELOPMENT                           ECONOMICS (3). Interrelationships of natural
                                                         ECONOMICS AND POLICY (3). Theories                    resource use and the environment; applied
AREC 523. STATISTICS FOR ECONOMETRICS                    of economic change in developed and less-             welfare and benefit-cost analysis; externalities
(4). Examines mathematical and statistical               developed economies; natural resource                 and pollution abatement; non-market valuation
topics essential for graduate-level econometric          sectors and the development of rural regions,         of resources; property rights; legal and social
analysis, including matrix algebra, probability          with emphasis on growth, diversification, and          constraints; policy approaches. Not offered every
and distribution theory (emphasizing joint and           instability; resource mobility and the spatial        year. PREREQS: (AREC 513 or ECON 513) and
conditional distributions), statistical inference,       aspects of development; poverty and inequality;       (AREC 526 or ECON 526)
and econometric optimization algorithms.                 rural development policy. Not offered every year.
CROSSLISTED as ECON 523. PREREQS: MTH                    PREREQS: AREC 300 or AREC 311.                        AREC 653X. SPATIAL ECONOMICS OF
253; ST 351; and ST 352 or ECON 424/ECON 524.                                                                  NATURAL RESOURCES (3). Introduces the
                                                         AREC 565. M/AGRICULTURAL FINANCIAL                    tools of spatial economics--both modeling
AREC 525. ECONOMETRIC METHODS (4).                       REPORTING AND ANALYSIS (3). Covers                    structure and spatial econometrics--and
The use of multiple regression under generalized         balance sheet, income statement, statement of         demonstrates how those tools have been applied
assumptions, specification problems, introduction         cash flows, and statement of owner equity, using       to various natural resources. Not offered every
to simultaneous equation estimation, the classical       standards outlined by the Farm Financial Records      year. PREREQS: AREC 550 and AREC 551.
linear model using matrices. Emphasis on the             Task Force. Also the use of ratios to evaluate
analysis of data and communication of findings.           financial performance. PREREQS: AREC 211,              AREC 699. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). Various
CROSSLISTED as ECON 525. PREREQS: AREC                   AREC 300, BA 215, BA 340.                             topics in agricultural and resource economics of
523 or ECON 523 and ECON 424/ECON 524,                                                                         special and current interest not covered in other
AREC 512/ECON 512.                                       AREC 567. M/CAPITAL BUDGETING IN                      courses. May be repeated for credit. This course is
                                                         AGRICULTURE (1). Overview of capital                  repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
AREC 526. APPLIED ECONOMETRICS                           budgeting techniques as applied to agribusiness
(4). Model building, hypothesis testing, and             decisions. Specific topics include methods of
appropriate estimation procedures including              controlling land, leasing versus buying nonland        AGRICULTURAL
generalized least squares, seemingly unrelated           capital assets. PREREQS: AREC 211, AREC 300,
regressions, simultaneous equations, maximum                                                                    EDUCATION AND GENERAL
                                                         BA 340.
likelihood, and limited dependent variables.                                                                    AGRICULTURE
Emphasis on applications and interpretation              AREC 599. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). Various
of results. CROSSLISTED as ECON 526.                     topics in agricultural and resource economics of
PREREQS: AREC 525 or ECON 525                            special and current interest not covered in other     Greg Thompson, Department Head
AREC 532. ENVIRONMENTAL LAW (4). Legal
                                                         courses. May be repeated for credit when topics       112 Strand Agriculture Hall
                                                         change. This course is repeatable for a maximum       Oregon State University
relationships arising out of rights to air, water, and   of 99 credits.
rights to air, water, and land. The impact of federal                                                          Corvallis, OR 97331-2204
and state regulation on pollution control and on         AREC 601. RESEARCH AND SCHOLARSHIP                    541-737-2661
the production, use, and disposal of hazardous           (1-16). This course is repeatable for a maximum
materials. PREREQS: Graduate standing.                   of 16 credits.                                        E-mail: greg.thompson@oregonstate.edu
                                                                                                               Web site: http://oregonstate.edu/dept/
AREC 534. ENVIRONMENTAL AND RESOURCE                     AREC 603. THESIS (1-16). This course is
ECONOMICS (3). Examines economic                         repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.               ag-ed/
perspectives on the use and management                   AREC 605. READING AND CONFERENCE
of natural resources (e.g., fish, wildlife) and           (1-16). This course is repeatable for a maximum       FACULTY
environmental quality (e.g., water, air). PREREQS:       of 16 credits.                                        Professors Cole (Emeritus), Thompson
AREC 311.
                                                         AREC 607. SEMINAR (1-16). This course is              Assistant Professor Velez
AREC 543. APPLIED TRADE ANALYSIS (4).                    repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.               Instructors Anderson, Wilkinson
Introduction to empirical international trade
analysis. Topics covered are empirical work on           AREC 608. WORKSHOP (1-16). This course is
the Ricardian and factor endowment models and            repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.               Undergraduate Major
models of imperfect competition. Additional topics
include trade policy, productivity analysis, and         AREC 611. MATH FOR ECONOMICS (4).                     General Agriculture (BS)
economic integration. Applications will be drawn         Mathematical concepts necessary for pursuing
from a wide range of industries. PREREQS:                microeconomic theory at the PhD level: general
                                                         topology (sets, functions, and cardinality), convex   Minors
(AREC 512* or ECON 512*) and (AREC 525* or
ECON 525*) and Or ECON 540.                              analysis (separation, saddle point, and Kuhn-         Agricultural Sciences
                                                         Tucker theorems), and optimal control theory.
AREC 550. ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS                        CROSSLISTED as ECON 611. PREREQS:                     International Agricultural Development
(3). Historical development of environmental             MTH 254.
management and environmental economics;                                                                        Graduate Major
economics of environmental pollution, including          AREC 612. ADV MICRO THEORY:
                                                         PRODUCTION, CONSUMPTION AND MARKETS                   Agricultural Education (MS, MAg)
the concept of economic efficiency, the optimal
level of pollution, and alternative pollution control    (4). A rigorous development of the theory of
                                                         production, consumption, and markets, with              Graduate Areas of Concentration
approaches; measuring environmental values                                                                       Teacher Preparation, Leadership, and
and damages, including the contingent valuation          emphasis on duality. CROSSLISTED as ECON
                                                         612. PREREQS: (AREC 513 or ECON 513) and                  Communication in Agriculture
methods, revealed preference models, and the
transfer of such values; the time, discount rates,       (AREC 611 or ECON 611) and MTH 254.
uncertainty and sustainable development. Not             AREC 613. ADV MICROECONOMIC THEORY:                   Graduate Minor
offered every year. PREREQS: AREC 512* or                GAMES, WELFARE, AND INFORMATION (4).
ECON 512*                                                A rigorous development of the theory of games,
                                                                                                               Agricultural Education
                                                         general equilibrium, welfare, and information.        International Agricultural Development
                                                         CROSSLISTED as ECON 613. PREREQS:
                                                         AREC 612/ECON 612.
                                                                                     College of Agricultural Sciences                   101



The Department of Agricultural Educa-        CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN                            Math
tion and General Agriculture combines        AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES                              MTH 105. *Intro to Contemporary
two programs: General Agriculture and        Career opportunities for general agri-              Mathematics (3)
Agricultural Education.                      culture majors are unlimited because of            Electives (48–52)
   The General Agriculture Program is        the unlimiting nature of the program
                                                                                                Total=180
an undergraduate studies program that        structure. Students can return to home
provides maximum flexibility in design-       farms or ranches, move into agricultural
                                                                                                AGRICULTURAL
ing and structuring a course of study        middle management, become extension                SCIENCES MINOR
to meet the students’ individual needs.      staff, move into political lobby posi-
General agriculture should be seriously      tions, work in marketing or international          Lower-Division Core
                                                                                                AG 111. Computer Applications in
considered by students desiring programs     agriculture, become high school teachers
                                                                                                 Agriculture (3)
of study not currently available in any      of agriculture, teach agriculture in com-          One agricultural resource management
other agricultural subject matter depart-    munity colleges, or do whatever they                course (3–4)
ment (such as those involving a minor in     have planned to accomplish from their              One production agriculture course (3–4)
communications, recreation, or environ-      program of study. Salaries vary depend-
mental studies in agriculture); students     ing on the position a student may strive           Upper-Division Core
                                             to achieve.                                        Two courses from a department in the
wishing to pursue two or more areas
                                                                                                 College of Agricultural Science (6–8)
of specialization (such as students who                                                         Two courses from a second department in
are returning to farms or ranches and        UNDERGRADUATE                                       the College of Agricultural Science (6–8)
who need substantial background, for         STUDIES CURRICULUM
example, in animal science, crops, and       High school and college transfer students          Electives (0–9)
agricultural business management); stu-      who are admitted to Oregon State Uni-              Total=27
dents preparing for leadership positions     versity as an undergraduate are eligible
in agriculture that require excellent com-   to participate in the General Agriculture          INTERNATIONAL AGRICULTURAL
munication and leadership skills as well     Program. General agriculture majors, in            DEVELOPMENT MINOR
as breadth of agricultural background        consultation with their departmental ac-           Undergraduate Curriculum
(such as agriculture teachers, lobbyists,    ademic advisor, may plan elective course           AG 421. ^Leadership Development (3)
commodity liaison persons or extension       work to emphasize personal interests,              Language competency
staff); or students who have not selected    abilities and career objectives. A leader-         Technical electives in agriculture (9)
a departmental major in the College of       ship and communication area of empha-              Social, cultural and economic electives (5)
Agricultural Sciences but who know they      sis is available and is especially designed        Minimum of 27 credits of which 12 cred-
are interested in an agricultural career.    for those students who will need breadth           its must be upper division.
   The goal of the General Agriculture       in their technical agriculture background
                                             and excellence in communication and                Graduate Curriculum
Program is to help students identify the                                                        AG 521. Leadership Development (3)
agricultural career in which they are        leadership skills. The intent of this area
                                                                                                Language competency
most interested and build a course of        of emphasis within the General Agricul-
                                                                                                Technical electives in agriculture (5 for
study that will qualify each student for     ture Program is to prepare agriculture’s            master’s, 9 for doctorate)
his or her chosen profession. Advising is    future leaders in extension, government,           Social, cultural and economic electives (5)
of paramount importance in this process      and business. A teacher preparation area           Minimum of 21 credits for master’s, 25 for
and major emphasis is placed on career       of emphasis is available and allows for             doctorate.
advising.                                    Initial Teacher Licensure within the bac-          Note: A graduate international agricul-
   The Agricultural Education Program        calaureate degree.                                 tural development minor is not available
offers course work serving teachers and                                                         to a student who took an undergraduate
leaders in agriculture. The MS, MAg,         GENERAL AGRICULTURE                                international agricultural development
EdM, and MAIS degrees may be pursued         (BS, CRED, HBS)                                    minor at Oregon State University.
with an emphasis in leadership, com-         BS Baccalaureate Core (48)
munication, pedagogy, extension and/         Agricultural Core                                  AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION
or technical agriculture. Candidates work    AG 111. Computer Applications in                   (MAg, MS)
with an advisor to develop programs that      Agriculture (3)                                     Graduate Areas of Concentration
meet their specific needs as indicated by     AG 199. Special Studies (1–16)                       Teacher preparation, leadership and
their occupational objectives.               AG 421. ^Leadership Development (3)                  communication in agriculture
   Two minors are available in the De-       AREC 211. Management in Agriculture (4)            The Department of Agricultural Edu-
partment of Agricultural Education and       Agricultural electives (a minimum of 36            cation and General Agriculture offers
General Agriculture.                          credits of technical agriculture, 24 credits of
                                              which must be upper division is required) (36)    course work that serves teachers and
   The International Agricultural De-
                                                                                                leaders in agriculture. The Master of Sci-
velopment minor is available for both        Business                                           ence, Master of Agriculture, and Master
undergraduate and graduate students          BA 215. Fundamentals of Accounting (4)             of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies de-
who are interested in agricultural de-       BA 230. Business Law I (4)                         grees may be pursued with an emphasis
velopment abroad. The minor requires          or AREC 253. *Evolution of U.S.                   in leadership, communication, pedagogy,
foreign language proficiency, as well as       Environmental and Natural Resources
                                              Law (4)                                           extension, and/or technical agriculture.
appropriate agricultural and sociological
                                                                                                Candidates work with an advisor to
course work.                                 Communication                                      develop programs that meet their specific
   The Agricultural Science minor is         Communications elective (3)                        needs as indicated by their occupational
available for undergraduate students who
                                             Humanities, Arts                                   objectives. A person who completes an
have majored in an area that requires
                                             and Social Sciences                                Agricultural Education master’s degree is
the addition of breadth in agriculture to    ECON 201. *Intro to Microeconomics (4)             not solely locked into teaching. Potential
their major program. The minor provides
                                             Sciences—Physical and Biological                   occupations also include lobbyist, jour-
the appropriate technical agriculture
                                             Physical science—chemistry (10–15)                 nalist, and Extension work.
background for students interested in
agricultural management, communica-          Biological sciences—one-year series (12)
tion, environmental studies, etc.
102        Oregon State University



MASTER OF AGRICULTURE                                AED 508. WORKSHOP (1-16). This course is               to agricultural uses. Concrete and agricultural
                                                     repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                building construction including the use of
  Graduate Areas of Concentration                                                                           construction power tools, selection of materials
                                                     AED 509. PRACTICUM (1-16). This course is              and cost estimating.
  Three agriculturally related areas are             repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
  required. Areas may be agricultural                                                                       AG 221. METALS AND WELDING (3). Practices
  economics, agricultural education,                 AED 510. PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP:                      of metal working including the use of metal
  animal science, botany and plant                   AGRICULTURE EDUCATION (1-16). A field                   working machines, metal identification, heat
  pathology, crop science, fisheries science,         experience in which the intern will integrate          treating and metal properties. Fabrication of
  food science, horticulture, rangeland              academic study with classroom teaching                 metals including arc and oxy-acetylene welding
                                                     experience to learn specific competencies relating
  resources, soil science, wildlife science, or      to functioning well in the context of the classroom
                                                                                                            and cutting. Lec/lab.
  other areas approved by the College of             and the school, and demonstrate this competency        AG 301. *ECOSYSTEM SCIENCE OF PACIFIC
  Agricultural Sciences.                             through the assessment of work by supervisors          NW INDIANS (3). Designed and presented in
The Department of Agricultural Edu-                  and by evidence collected and presented in work        partnership with Pacific Northwest Indians and
cation and General Agriculture offers                samples. This course is repeatable for a maximum       Alaska Natives, focusing on natural ecosystems,
                                                     of 16 credits.                                         differing views, power relationships, policymaking,
course work that serves teachers and                                                                        and gender roles. (Bacc Core Course)
leaders in agriculture. The Master of Sci-           AED 518. EXTENSION COURSE IN TEACHER
                                                     EDUCATION/PEDAGOGY (1-3). Enables present              AG 312. ENGINE THEORY AND OPERATION
ence (MS), Master of Agriculture (MAg),              and prospective teachers of agriculture to continue    (3). Engine construction, operational theories and
and Master of Arts in Interdisciplinary              their professional development on pedagogical          principles, lubrication, fuels and oils, emissions
Studies (MAIS) degrees may be pursued                topics of current importance. This course is           and preventive maintenance are taught through
                                                     repeatable for a maximum of 60 credits.                the process of small engine lab activities.
with an emphasis in leadership, com-                                                                        Engine efficiency theories and measurement are
munication, pedagogy, extension, and/                AED 533. RURAL SURVEY METHODS (3).                     presented.
                                                     Technique; analyzing, interpreting, and using
or technical agriculture. Candidates work            results of survey data; identifying and utilizing      AG 318. ACCESSING INFORMATION FOR
with an advisor to develop programs that             community resources; develop and organize              AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH (1). Designed for
meet their specific needs as indicated by             agriculture programs to meet community needs.          students at a distance to develop library skills and
their occupational objectives.                                                                              improve access to information used to conduct
                                                     AED 552. PROGRAM ORGANIZATION AND                      technical agricultural research.
                                                     MANAGEMENT (3). Explores the foundations
AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION                               of vocational education, essential learning skills,    AG 391. FARM IMPLEMENTS (3). Power farming
GRADUATE MINOR                                       advisory committees, and development of a              implements including operation, maintenance,
                                                     vocational education philosophy. Students will         adjustments, calibration and use are covered.
Develop a teaching, pedagogical, leader-             study the elements of educational reform as they       Field trips may be required.
ship development in agriculture minor                apply to specific service areas. Resource analysis,
                                                     student organizations, and school-to-work              AG 401. RESEARCH (1-16). This course is
by working with a departmental advisor.                                                                     repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
                                                     transitions will also be studied.
                                                                                                            AG 402. INDEPENDENT STUDIES (1-16). This
INTERNATIONAL AGRICULTURAL                           AED 553. APPLIED INSTRUCTIONAL
                                                                                                            course is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
DEVELOPMENT GRADUATE                                 STRATEGIES (3). Helps students in the
                                                     identification and development of goals, objectives     AG 403. THESIS (1-16). PREREQS:
MINOR                                                and units. The course includes the development         Departmental approval required.
Graduate Curriculum                                  and application of subject area instructional
                                                                                                            AG 405. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).
AG 521. Leadership Development (3)                   strategies/models, including applied math,
                                                     writing, communication skills, measurement             This course is repeatable for a maximum of 30
Language competency                                  and evaluation of achievement, and delivery of         credits.
Technical electives in agriculture (5 for            instruction to at-risk students. Safety is a primary   AG 406. SPECIAL PROBLEMS (1-16). This
 master’s, 9 for doctorate)                          focus.                                                 course is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
Social, cultural and economic electives (5)          AED 554. MICRO-TEACHING (3). Planning,                 AG 407. SEMINAR (1-16). This course is
Minimum of 21 credits for master’s, 25 for           presenting and evaluating lessons in a micro-          repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
 doctorate.                                          teaching lab. It includes application of content
                                                     pedagogy strategies, subject matter principles and     AG 409. PRACTICUM (1-16). This course is
Note: A graduate international agricul-                                                                     repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
                                                     media technology. Lessons presented on safety.
tural development minor is not available
                                                     AED 556. LINK RESEARCH, TEACHING, AND                  AG 410. INTERNSHIP (1-15). A work internship
to a student who took an undergraduate                                                                      to give students practical on-the-job preparation
                                                     PRACTICE (3). Links research to teaching.
international agricultural development               Students will work with cooperating teachers to        in any of the main facets of agriculture or related
minor at Oregon State University.                    identify and apply research to teaching.               industries. This course is repeatable for a
                                                                                                            maximum of 16 credits. PREREQS: College and
   AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION                            AED 557. ISSUES AND TRENDS IN                          instructor approval.
                                                     CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION (3).
AED 313. THEORY AND PRACTICUM III: FIELD             Emphasizes trends related to subject matter            AG 412. AG SAFETY AND HEALTH (3). An
(4). Field based experience for students preparing   curriculum issues unique to agricultural education     examination of various hazards associated with
to be agricultural teachers. Focus on teaching       at the secondary level.                                agriculture. Control strategies will be explored and
models. PREREQS: Advising and placement by                                                                  prevention methods identified. Hazards examined
AED staff.                                           AED 558. IMPROVING VOCATIONAL                          include machinery, livestock, controlled spaces,
                                                     EDUCATION PROGRAMS (3). Stresses                       pesticides, and other items common to the
AED 407. SEMINAR (1-16). This course is              evaluation of programs and students,
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                                                                     agricultural workplace. Lec/lab.
                                                     standardization and accreditation, legislation and
AED 476. ADULT PROGRAMS AND                          state criteria for improving programs. Students        AG 421. ^LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT (3).
DEVELOPMENT (4.5). Designed for students             will review applied research, and apply criteria for   Principles of leadership development, leadership
at a distance for developing, organizing and         improving service area program and occupational        analysis and style, record keeping procedures,
conducting adult educational programs for the        guidance.                                              youth organizations, and activities in leadership
agricultural community. PREREQS: Junior or                                                                  for youth. (Writing Intensive Course) PREREQS:
                                                     AED 599. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). This course            Senior standing.
senior standing or instructor approval required.     is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
AED 499. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). This course                                                                 AG 425. DEVELOPMENTS IN AGRICULTURAL
is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                                                                  MECHANICS (3). Emphasis on the development
                                                        AGRICULTURE COURSES                                 of instructional units for agricultural instruction
AED 501. RESEARCH (1-16). This course is             AG 111. COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN                       programs. Wide applications to agricultural
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.              AGRICULTURE (3). Computer use in agriculture           mechanization and biotechnology. This course
                                                     and agribusiness; practical experience with            is repeatable for a maximum of 18 credits.
AED 503. THESIS (1-16). This course is
                                                     computer programs applicable to all agricultural       PREREQS: Senior standing.
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
                                                     disciplines.
                                                                                                            AG 492. TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER IN
AED 505. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).
                                                     AG 199. SPECIAL STUDIES (1-16). This course            AGRICULTURE (3). Examination of processes
This course is repeatable for a maximum of 16
                                                     is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.             by which formal and informal agricultural
credits.
                                                                                                            instruction programs influence the introduction
AED 507. SEMINAR (1-16). This course is              AG 211. SURVEY AND CONSTRUCTION (3).                   and acceptance of technology in agriculture.
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.              Land measurement and leveling as applied               An emphasis in the international arena will be
                                                                                          College of Agricultural Sciences                103



maintained. The focus throughout the course will          Options                                   als in such areas as farm, ranch, feedlot
be on the role of a professional change agent             Animal Behavior/Bioethics                 operation; meat, poultry, egg and milk
working with technological change. PREREQS:
Senior standing.                                          Animal Products                           processing, meat grading with the USDA;
                                                          Beef                                      Federal Cooperative Extension Service,
AG 507. SEMINAR (1-16). This course is
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                   Communications, Leadership, Industry      county and 4-H work; sales or techni-
                                                            and Policy (CLIP)                       cal employment with commercial feed,
AG 509. PRACTICUM (1-16). This course is
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                   Dairy                                     seed, and chemical companies and
                                                          Equine                                    pharmaceutical houses; agricultural loan
AG 518. EXTENSION COURSE IN TEACHER
EDUCATION: TECHNICAL (1-3). Enables                       Poultry                                   officer; government agency positions at
present and prospective teachers of agriculture           Pre-veterinary Medicine                   local, state and federal levels; the Peace
to continue their professional development on                                                       Corps; animal welfare auditing; as well
technical topics of current importance. This course
                                                          Sheep
is repeatable for a maximum of 60 credits.
                                                                                                    as in journalism, mass media, and public
                                                        Minors                                      policy. The expanding support structure
AG 521. LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT (3).                                                                 for companion animals has created a
Principles of leadership development, leadership        Animal Sciences
analysis and style, record keeping procedures,                                                      growing job market for graduates in areas
                                                        Equine
youth organizations, and activities in leadership for                                               such as animal behavior consultant; vet
youth. PREREQS: Graduate standing.                                                                  tech (animal nurse); and business man-
                                                        Graduate Majors
AG 525. DEVELOPMENTS IN AGRICULTURAL                                                                agement. In addition, students become
MECHANICS (3). Emphasis on the development              Animal Science (MS, PhD)
                                                                                                    prepared to go on to advanced studies
of instructional units for agricultural instruction
programs. Wide applications to agricultural
                                                          Graduate Areas of Concentration           in animal sciences, veterinary medicine,
mechanization and biotechnology. This course              Animal Genetics                           and education.
is repeatable for a maximum of 99 credits.                Animal Nutrition                             Graduate students may pursue research
PREREQS: Graduate standing.                               Dairy Production (MS only)                projects through the Agricultural Experi-
AG 541. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS IN                             Embryo Physiology                         ment Station as part of their programs
AGRICULTURE (3). Evaluating agricultural                                                            for MS or PhD degrees. Graduate majors
education program effectiveness and technical
                                                          Endocrinology
appropriateness. Development of long-range plans          Growth and Development                    are offered in animal behavior, animal
for agricultural programs to meet the technical           Livestock Management (MS only)            genetics, animal nutrition, animal physi-
needs of a community. PREREQS: Teaching
                                                          Nutritional Biochemistry                  ology, growth and development, nutri-
or Extension experience will be verified by the                                                      tional biochemistry, and production.
instructor for approval.                                  Reproductive Physiology
AG 592. TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER IN                          Poultry Science (MS, PhD)                   COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS
AGRICULTURE (3). Examination of processes
by which formal and informal agricultural                 Graduate Areas of Concentration           Residents of Washington and Idaho who
instruction programs influence the introduction            Poultry Genetics                          are interested in poultry science may be-
and acceptance of technology in agriculture.              Poultry Management (MS only)              gin their undergraduate training within
An emphasis in the international arena will be                                                      the Department of Animal Sciences at
maintained. The focus throughout the course will          Poultry Nutrition
be on the role of a professional change agent             Poultry Reproductive Physiology           Washington State University or the Uni-
working with technological change. PREREQS:                                                         versity of Idaho. Following their sopho-
Graduate standing.
                                                        Graduate Minors                             more year, these students may transfer to
                                                                                                    the OSU Department of Animal Sciences
                                                        Animal Sciences
 ANIMAL SCIENCES                                        Poultry Science
                                                                                                    without paying out-of-state tuition. Stu-
                                                                                                    dents transferring after one or two years
James R. Males, Department Head                                                                     at a community college should also be
112 Withycombe Hall                                     Programs in animal sciences provide         able to complete the requirements for a
Oregon State University                                 up-to-date information on methods           BS after three or two years, respectively.
Corvallis, OR 97331-6702                                of rearing livestock and poultry, that
541-737-4761                                            produce meat, milk, eggs, wool, and         ANIMAL SCIENCES
E-mail: dodi.reesman@oregonstate.edu                    other animal products. In addition, the     (BS, CRED, HBS)
Web site: http://ans.oregonstate.edu                    department addresses the care of animals    Baccalaureate Core (51)
                                                        that enhance human well-being through
                                                                                                    Animal Sciences Core
FACULTY                                                 companionship, recreation, and hu-          ANS 100. Orientation to Animal Sciences (2)
Professors Froman, Gamroth, Koong,                      man aid such as horses and companion        ANS 121. *Intro to Animal Sciences (4)
Males, Menino, Pirelli, Savage                          animals. Essential to this information      ANS 207. Sophomore Seminar (1)
Associate Professors Bohnert,                           is knowledge generated from the fields       ANS 251. Principles of Animal Foods
Cherian, DelCurto, Downing, Estill,                     of animal behavior/bioethics, genetics,      Technology (3)
Filley, Hermes, Mills, Parsons, Thompson                nutrition, and physiology. The various      ANS 311. Principles of Animal Nutrition (3)
Assistant Professors Bobe,                              teaching and research programs explore      ANS 313. Applied Animal Nutrition: Feeds
M. Cannon, Chamberlain, Engel,                          modern areas of animal biotechnology         and Ration Formulation (4)
Mueller, Riggs, Sherwood, Villarroel                    and data processing and how they apply      ANS 314. Animal Physiology (4)
Instructors V. Cannon, Kennedy,                         to present day livestock and poultry        ANS 316. Reproduction in Domestic
Rosenlicht, Salazar                                     production. Study in these areas provides    Animals (4)
Senior Research Assistants                              the core around which various curri-        ANS 317. Reproduction in Domestic
Feltmann, Keller                                        cula leading to the BS degree in Animal      Animals Laboratory (1)
Research Assistant Meaker, Quezada                      Sciences can be developed. To allow         ANS 378. Animal Genetics (4)
Professionals Krahn, Nichols, Pilgrim,                  students flexibility in course arrange-      ANS 420. ^Ethical Issues in Animal
Reesman, Ross                                           ment, eight specialized program options      Agriculture (3)
                                                        are offered.                                Two animal industries courses from:
                                                           Increasing demands for livestock and      ANS 215. Beef/Dairy Industries (3)
Undergraduate Major                                                                                  ANS 216. Sheep/Swine Industries (3)
                                                        poultry products by a rapidly expand-
Animal Sciences (BS)                                    ing human population mean potential          ANS 217. Poultry Industries (3)
                                                        employment for well-trained individu-        ANS 220. Introductory Horse Science (3)
104       Oregon State University



 ANS 231. Livestock Evaluation (2)             MB 230. *Introductory Microbiology (4)          BEEF OPTION
 ANS 280. Companion Animal                      or MB 302. General Microbiology (3)            This option* provides background for
   Management (3)                              MTH 111. *College Algebra (4)                   making decisions in the production and
Two production courses from:                                                                   management of beef cattle. The option
                                               Statistics
 ANS 430. Equine Systems I: Exercise           ST 201. Principles of Statistics (3)            covers five areas of emphasis: basic sci-
   Science (3)                                                                                 ences, animal sciences, crops, soils, and
                                                 and ST 209. Principles of Hypothesis
   or ANS 431. Equine Systems II: Nutrition     Testing (1)                                    business. The requirements include the
   (3)                                                                                         core curriculum and additional credits in
                                                 or ST 351. Intro to Statistical Methods (4)
 ANS 433. Poultry Meat Production                                                              consultation with the advisor.
   Systems (3)                                 Business
   or ANS 434. Egg Production Systems (3)      Choose one from below:                          Required
 ANS 436. Sheep Production Systems (3)         AREC 211. Management in Agriculture (4)         ANS 215. Beef/Dairy Industries (3)
 ANS 439. Dairy Production Systems (4)         AREC 221. Marketing in Agriculture (3)          ANS 231. Livestock Evaluation (2)
                                               BA 215. Money and Investment                    ANS 313. Applied Animal Nutrition: Feeds
 ANS 445. Beef Production Systems (4)                                                           and Ration Formulation (4)
+Select TWO courses from the                    Management: Manager, Lender, Investor
 following advanced ANS classes or              Viewpoint (4)                                  ANS 327. Applied Physiology of
 electives (minimum of 6 credits).             BA 230. Business Law I (4)                       Reproduction (4)
                                                                                               ANS 443. Beef Production Systems: Cow/
 ANS 315. *Contentious Social Issues in                                                         Calf (3)
   Animal Agriculture (3)                      ANIMAL
                                               BEHAVIOR/BIOETHICS OPTION                       ANS 444. Beef Production Systems: Stocker/
 ANS 321. Avian Embryo (4)                                                                      Feedlot (3)
 ANS 322. Equestrian Coaching (2)              The Animal Behavior/Bioethics option*
                                               is designed for students who are looking        ANS 452. Livestock Housing and Waste
 ANS 323. Principles of Colt Training (3)                                                       Management (3)
 ANS 324. Advanced Colt Training (3)           for a animal behavior/welfare career path       Select 8 credits from the following:
 ANS 327. Applied Physiology of                that is based in science. It will serve the
                                               needs of students interested in careers in       ANS 331. Advanced Livestock Evaluation (4)
   Reproduction (5)                                                                             ANS 405. Reading and Conference
 ANS 331. Advanced Livestock Evaluation (4)    government, welfare auditing programs,
                                                                                                  (2 credits each time)
 ANS 333. Equine Stable Management (3)         consultants, graduate school, zoos,
                                                                                                ANS 411/ANS 511. Digestive Physiology
 ANS 351. Advanced Principles of Animal        aquariums, and wildlife sanctuaries.               and Nutrition of Ruminant Animals (4)
   Food Technology (4)                         Required (16 credits)                            ANS 415. Livestock Judging Team (3)
 ANS 401. Research (1–16)                      ANS 420. Ethical Issues in Animal                ANS 478/ANS 578. Animal Breeding and
 ANS 410. Animal Science Internship              Agriculture (3)                                  Genetics (3)
   (3 credits maximum will count toward the    ANS 435/ANS 535. Applied Animal
   two-class requirement)                        Behavior (3)                                  *15 credits must be upper division.
 ANS 411/ANS 511. Digestive Physiology         PHL 205. *Ethics (4)
   and Nutrition of Ruminant Animals (4)       Upper-division PHL course dealing with          COMMUNICATION, LEADERSHIP,
 ANS 412/ANS 512. Monogastric and                ethics (3)                                    INDUSTRY, AND POLICY OPTION
   Poultry Nutrition (3)                       Z 350. Animal Behavior (3)                      The CLIP (Communications, Leadership,
 ANS 415. Livestock Judging Team (3)           Select a minimum of 11 credits from             Industry and Policy) option* is for stu-
 ANS 435/ANS 535. Applied Animal                 the following:                                dents looking for a communication/pol-
   Behavior (3)                                 ANS 323. Principles of Colt Training (3)       icy career path that is based in science.
 ANS 438. Exploring World Agriculture (2)       ANS 324. Advanced Colt Training (3)            It serves the needs of students interested
 ANS 441/ANS 541. Topics in Animal              ANS 401. Research (1–3)**                      in careers in government, journalism,
   Learning (2)                                    or ANS 410. Animal Sciences Internship      mass media, and natural resources. It can
 ANS 452/ANS 552. Livestock Housing and           (1–3)**                                      also facilitate third-year Pre-vet students
   Waste Management (3)                         ANS 441. Topics in Animal Learning (2)         searching for a different career path.
 ANS 453. Practical Broiler Production (1–3)    FW 475. Wildlife Behavior (4)                     The courses below are in addition to
 ANS 465. Foodborne Disease (3)                 FW 481. Wildlife Ecology (4)                   the Animal Sciences Core courses.
 ANS 478/ANS 578. Animal Breeding and           PSY 201. *General Psychology (3)               Writing/Communication (10)
   Genetics (3)                                 PSY 202. *General Psychology (3)               COMM 280. Media Communication in the
 ANS 485/ANS 585, SOC 485/SOC 585.              PSY 340. Cognition (3)                          Information Age (3)
   *Consensus and Natural Resource Issues                                                      WR 201. *Writing for Media (3) (Meets WR
   (3)                                          Z 438. Behavioral Neurobiology (3)
                                                Z 453. Scientific Writing and Behavioral         II BCC requirement)
 ANS 490/ANS 590. Toxicants and                                                                WR 301. Reporting (4)
   Poisonous Plants (4)                           Observations (3)
                                                Z 593. Behavioral Ecology (3)                  WR 448. Magazine Article Writing (3)
 Additional ANS Production Systems
   Course (3)                                  * 15 credits must be upper division.            Political Science—Select 12 credits
Select 20 credits from the Agriculture         ** Research and/or Internship courses must      from the following:
 Category (Choose any courses                    be taken in the field of Animal Behavior/      PS 201. *Introduction to United States
 in agricultural field or natural                 Bioethics.                                     Government and Politics (4)
 resources area.)                                                                               Plus choose 8 credits from the
Physical and Biological Sciences               ANIMAL PRODUCTS OPTION                             following:
BI 211, BI 212, BI 213. *Principles of         This option* provides background for             PS 371. Public Policy Problems (4)
 Biology (4,4,4)                               making decisions in the production and           PS 474. Natural Resource Policy and
CH 121. General Chemistry (5)                  management of poultry, dairy cattle                Bureaucratic Politics (4)
  and CH 122, CH 123. *General Chemistry       and meat animal enterprises, including           PS 475. Environmental Politics and Policy (4)
 (5,5)                                         beef cattle, sheep and swine. The option         PS 476. *Science and Politics (4)
  or CH 221, CH 222, CH 223. *General          covers five areas of emphasis: basic sci-
 Chemistry (5,5,5)                                                                             AREC Requirements—Select 9–10
                                               ences, animal sciences, crops, soils, and       credits from the following:
CH 130. General Chemistry of Living
 Systems (4)                                   business. The requirements include the          AREC 253. *Environmental Law, Policy, and
                                               core curriculum and additional credits in        Economics (4)
  or CH 331. Organic Chemistry (4)
                                               consultation with the advisor.                  AREC 352. *Environmental Economics and
  or BB 331. *Intro to Molecular Biology (3)                                                    Policy (3)
                                               *15 credits must be upper division.
                                                                                   College of Agricultural Sciences              105



AREC 353. Public Land Statutes and Policy    ANS 431/ANS 531. Equine Systems II:           PRE-VETERINARY
 (4)                                          Nutrition (3)                                MEDICINE OPTION
AREC 453. Public Land and Resource Law (4)    Select two courses from the                  This option is designed for students
Miscellaneous (13)                             following:                                  interested in fulfilling requirements
FOR 365. *Issues in Natural Resources         ANS 190. Intro to Horsemanship (1)           for admission to the OSU College of
 Conservation (3)                             ANS 191. Beginning Horsemanship (1)          Veterinary Medicine. It allows students
FW 251. Principles of Fish and Wildlife       ANS 192. Intermediate Horsemanship (1)       who are admitted to the college, upon
 Conservation (3)                             ANS 193. Dressage (1)                        completion of three years of undergradu-
RNG 241. Rangeland Ecology and                ANS 194. Jumping (1)                         ate study, to apply credit earned during
 Management (3)                               ANS 221. Equine Conformation and             the first year of professional study toward
RNG 442. Range-Animal Relations (4)            Performance (2)                             the BS degree in Animal Sciences.
Select one of the following ANS courses       ANS 295. Reining (1)                            Students not admitted to veterinary
 (6): This choice will replace the upper-     ANS 296. Advanced Jumping/Eventing (1)
 division production courses.
                                                                                           school after completing the three-year
                                              ANS 297. Working Cowhorse (1)                program may complete additional
 ANS 401. Senior Research (6)                 ANS 323. Principles of Colt Training (3)     requirements to qualify for the BS degree
   or ANS 410. Animal Science Internship      ANS 324. Advanced Colt Training (3)          in Animal Sciences. The pre-veterinary
   (6)
                                              Select a minimum of 1–7 credits from         medicine option is also offered for stu-
*15 credits must be upper division.            the following:                              dents preparing for professional careers
                                              ANS 223. Equine Marketing (2)                in animal science teaching and research.
DAIRY OPTION                                  ANS 322. Equestrian Coaching (2)             More intense training is provided in the
Required                                      ANS 327. Applied Physiology of               biological and physical sciences, offering
ANS 215. Beef/Dairy Industries (3)             Reproduction (5)                            an excellent foundation for graduate
ANS 313. Applied Animal Nutrition: Feeds      ANS 331. Advanced Livestock Evaluation (4)   study. Requirements include the core
  and Ration Formulation (4)                  ANS 333. Equine Stable Management (3)        curriculum and additional credits as
ANS 439/ANS 539. Dairy Production             ANS 410. Animal Science Internship           required by the College of Veterinary
  Systems (4)                                  (1–12) (max. of 6 credits will count)       Medicine.
ANS 452. Livestock Housing and Waste          RNG 241. Rangeland Ecology and                  In addition to the Animal Sciences
  Management (3)                               Management (3)                              core courses, students in the Pre-Veter-
ANS 538. Biology of Lactation (3)            Total=27*                                     inary Medicine option are required to
FST 212. Dairy Processing (2)                                                              take:
FST 213. Dairy Processing Lab (1)            *15 credits must be upper division.
 Select a minimum of 9 credits from                                                        BB 450, BB 451. General Biochemistry (4,4)
   the following:                            POULTRY OPTION                                CH 331, CH 332, CH 337. Organic
                                             This option* provides background for           Chemistry (4,4,4)
 ANS 327. Applied Physiology of
   Reproduction (5)                          making decisions in the production and        MB 302. General Microbiology (3)
 ANS 351. Advanced Principles of Animal      management of poultry. The option             MB 303. General Microbiology Lab (2)
   Foods Technology (4)                      covers five areas of emphasis: basic sci-      MTH 111. *College Algebra (4)
 ANS 405. Reading and Conference (Dairy      ences, animal sciences, crops, soils, and      or MTH 112. *Elementary Functions (4)
   Evaluation) (2)                           business. The requirements include the        And MTH 241. *Calculus for Management
 ANS 410. Animal Science Internship (max.    core curriculum and additional credits in      and Social Science (4)
   of 6 credits will count) (1–12)           consultation with the advisor.                 or MTH 251. *Differential Calculus (4)
 ANS 411/ANS 511. Digestive Physiology                                                     PH 201, PH 202, PH 203. *General Physics
   and Nutrition of Ruminant Animals (4)     Required:                                      (5,5,5)
                                             ANS 217. Poultry Industries (3)
 ANS 415. Livestock Judging Team (3)                                                       * Baccalaureate core course
                                             ANS 433/ANS 533. Poultry Meat Production
 ANS 440/ANS 540. Dairy Production            Systems (3)
   Systems (3)                               ANS 434/ANS 534. Egg Production Systems       SHEEP OPTION
 ANS 478/ANS 578. Animal Breeding and         (3)                                          This option* provides background for
   Genetics (3)                              Select 18 credits from the following:         making decisions in the production
 CSS 310. Forage Production (4)
                                              ANS 313. Applied Animal Nutrition: Feeds     and management of sheep. The option
 CSS 315. ^Nutrient Management and              and Ration Formulation (4)                 covers five areas of emphasis: basic sci-
   Cycling (4)
                                              ANS 321. Avian Embryo (4)                    ences, animal sciences, crops, soils, and
Total=29*                                     ANS 351. Advanced Principles of Animal       business. The requirements include the
*15 credits must be upper division.             Food Technology (4)                        core curriculum and additional credits in
                                              ANS 412/ANS 512. Monogastric and             consultation with the advisor.
                                                Poultry Nutrition (3)
EQUINE OPTION                                                                              Required
This option provides background for           ANS 452. Livestock Housing and Waste         ANS 216. Sheep/Swine Industries (3)
                                                Management (3)
making decisions in the production                                                         ANS 313. Applied Animal Nutrition: Feeds
                                              AREC 221. Marketing in Agriculture (3)        and Ration Formulation (4)
and management of horses. The option
                                              BA 215. Money and Investment                 ANS 327. Applied Physiology of
covers five areas of emphasis: basic sci-        Management: Manager, Lender, Investor
ences, animal sciences, crops, soils, and                                                   Reproduction (5)
                                                Viewpoint (4)
business. The requirements include the                                                     ANS 436/ANS 536. Sheep Production
                                              ECON 201. *Intro to Microeconomics (4)        Systems (3)
core curriculum and additional credits in     MB 302. General Microbiology (3)             ANS 478/ANS 578. Animal Breeding and
consultation with the advisor.                ST 351. Intro to Statistical Methods (4)      Genetics (3)
Required                                     Total=27*                                      Select 11 credits from the following:
ANS 220. Introductory Horse Science (3)
                                                                                            ANS 411/ANS 511. Digestive Physiology
ANS 313. Applied Animal Nutrition: Feeds     *15 credits must be upper division.             and Nutrition of Ruminant Animals (4)
 and Ration Formulation (4)
                                                                                            ANS 452. Livestock Housing and Waste
ANS 430/ANS 530. Equine Systems I:                                                           Management (3)
 Exercise Science (3)
                                                                                            ANS 490/ANS 590. Toxicants and
                                                                                             Poisonous Plants (4)
106       Oregon State University



 AREC 221. Marketing in Agriculture (3)         ANS 436. Sheep Production Systems (3)         POULTRY SCIENCE
 CSS 310. Forage Production (4)                 ANS 439. Dairy Production Systems (4)         (MAg, MS, PhD)
 RNG 241. Rangeland Ecology and                 ANS 440. Dairy Production Systems (3)            Graduate Areas of Concentration
  Management (3)                                ANS 443. Beef Production Systems: Cow/           Poultry genetics, management (MS only),
Total=27*                                        Calf (3)                                        nutrition, reproductive physiology
                                                ANS 444. Beef Production Systems:
*15 credits must be upper division.              Stocker/Feedlot (3)                          The Department of Animal Sciences
                                                ANS 445. Beef Production Systems (4)
                                                                                              offers graduate work leading to a Master
ANIMAL SCIENCES MINOR                                                                         of Science degree with emphasis in
                                                ANS 453. Practical Broiler Production (1–3)
                                                                                              livestock, dairy, or poultry management.
Required                                        ANS 465. Foodborne Disease (3)
Select a minimum of 12 credits from:                                                          Master of Science and Doctor of Phi-
                                                ANS 478. Animal Breeding and Genetics (3)
ANS 121. *Intro to Animal Sciences (4)                                                        losophy degrees are offered in Animal
                                                ANS 485. *Consensus and Natural
ANS 192. Intermediate Horsemanship (1)           Resources Issues (3)                         Science or Poultry Science with empha-
ANS 193. Dressage (1)                           ANS 490. Toxicants and Poisonous Plants (4)
                                                                                              sis in nutrition, reproductive physiol-
ANS 194. Jumping (1)                                                                          ogy, breeding/genetics, or growth and
                                               Total=27–28                                    development.
ANS 215. Beef/Dairy Industries (3)             Note: These courses should be taken in
ANS 216. Sheep/Swine Industries (3)            consultation with an academic advisor in
ANS 217. Poultry Industries (3)                                                               ANIMAL SCIENCE
                                               the Department of Animal Sciences.             GRADUATE MINOR
ANS 220. Introductory Horse Science (3)
ANS 221. Equine Conformation and
                                                                                              For more details, see the departmental
                                               EQUINE MINOR                                   advisor.
 Performance (2)                               ANS 121. *Intro to Animal Sciences (4)
ANS 223. Equine Marketing (2)                  ANS 220. Introductory Horse Science (3)
ANS 231. Livestock Evaluation (2)                                                             POULTRY SCIENCE
                                               Select two of the following three courses:     GRADUATE MINOR
ANS 251. Principles of Animal Food
 Technology (3)                                 ANS 430. Equine Systems I: Exercise           For more details, see the departmental
                                                  Science (3)                                 advisor.
ANS 280. Companion Animal Management
 (3)                                            ANS 431. Equine Systems II: Nutrition (3)
ANS 295. Reining (1)                            ANS 432. Equine Systems III:                  COURSES
ANS 296. Advanced Jumping/Eventing (1)            Reproduction (4)                            ANS 100. ORIENTATION TO ANIMAL SCIENCES
                                                Select two courses from the following:        (2). Orientation of incoming animal sciences
ANS 297. Working Cowhorse (1)                                                                 students to college life with emphasis on faculty,
And select a minimum of 15 credits              ANS 192. Intermediate Horsemanship (1)        facilities, services and curricula of the Department
 from:                                          ANS 193. Dressage (1)                         of Animal Sciences.
 ANS 311. Principles of Animal Nutrition (3)    ANS 194. Jumping (1)                          ANS 121. *INTRODUCTION TO ANIMAL
 ANS 313. Applied Animal Nutrition: Feeds       ANS 295. Reining (1)                          SCIENCES (4). Principles of breeding,
   and Ration Formulation (4)                   ANS 297. Working Cowhorse (1)                 physiology, nutrition, and management as they
                                                                                              apply to modern livestock and poultry production.
 ANS 314. Animal Physiology (4)                 ANS 323. Principles of Colt Training (3)      Lec/lab. (Bacc Core Course)
 ANS 315. *Contentious Social Issues in         ANS 324. Advanced Colt Training (3)
                                                                                              ANS 190. INTRODUCTION TO HORSEMANSHIP
   Animal Agriculture (3)                       Select a minimum of 7–10 credits              (1). Designed for students with little to no
 ANS 316. Reproduction in Domestic                from the following:                         experience in horsemanship. Students will be
   Animals (4)                                  ANS 221. Equine Conformation and              introduced to safe handling methods including
 ANS 317. Reproduction in Domestic                Performance (2)                             approaching and haltering the horse, tying,
   Animals Laboratory (1)                       ANS 223. Equine Marketing (2)                 leading, lunging, and grooming. Students will be
                                                                                              familiarized with parts of tthe horse and tack,
 ANS 321. Avian Embryo (4)                      ANS 313. Applied Animal Nutrition: Feeds      tack care and how to tack up a horse. In the
 ANS 322. Equestrian Coaching (2)                 and Ration Formulation (4)                  arena, students will learn how to safely mount
 ANS 323. Principles of Colt Training (3)       ANS 322. Equestrian Coaching (2)              and dismount, basic position, cues, and control
                                                ANS 331. Adv Livestock Evaluation (4)         of the horse at the walk and trot. Emphasis will
 ANS 324. Advanced Colt Training (3)                                                          be placed on safety and developing the rider’s
 ANS 327. Applied Physiology of                 ANS 333. Equine Stable Management (3)         balance, confidence, and control. May be repeated
   Reproduction (5)                             ANS 415. Livestock Judging Team (3)           for a total of 3 credits. This course is repeatable
 ANS 331. Adv Livestock Evaluation (4)                                                        for a maximum of 3 credits. PREREQS: Must
                                               Total=28–30                                    be able to lift, carry, push, and pull up to 50 lbs.
 ANS 333. Equine Stable Management (3)                                                        Rider’s weight must not exceed 220 lbs. Instructor
 ANS 351. Advanced Principles of Animal        *15 credits must be upper division.            approval required.
   Foods Technology (4)
                                                                                              ANS 191. BEGINNING HORSEMANSHIP (1).
 ANS 378. Animal Genetics (4)                  ANIMAL SCIENCE                                 Designed for beginning riders or those wishing to
 ANS 401. Research (1–16)                      (MAg, MS, PhD)                                 improve their basic skills. Offers an introduction to
 ANS 405. Reading and Conference (1–16)                                                       the basic Western or English (separate sections)
                                                 Graduate Areas of Concentration              riding position and control of the horse at the
 ANS 410. Animal Sciences Internship             Animal genetics, animal nutrition,           walk, trot, and lope/canter. Upon completion of the
   (1–12)                                        dairy production (MS only), embryo           course, the student will be familiar with handling
 ANS 411. Digestive Physiology and               physiology, endocrinology, growth and        and leading a horse, grooming, tacking-up and
   Nutrition of Ruminant Animals (4)             development, livestock management            riding simple school figures in an indoor arena.
 ANS 413. Comparative Nutrition of               (MS only), nutritional biochemistry,         Instructors for this course will be OSU-certified
                                                 reproductive physiology                      coaching students or graduates. May be repeated.
   Domestic and Wild Animals (3)                                                              This course is repeatable for a maximum of 4
 ANS 412. Monogastric and Poultry              The Department of Animal Sciences              credits.
   Nutrition (3)                               offers graduate work leading to a Master
                                                                                              ANS 192. INTERMEDIATE HORSEMANSHIP
 ANS 415. Livestock Judging Team (3)           of Science degree with emphasis in             (1). Designed for beginning riders who can
 ANS 430. Equine Systems I: Exercise           livestock, dairy, or poultry management.       comfortably walk, trot and canter on a trained
   Science (3)                                 Master of Science and Doctor of Phi-           horse. It offers a review of the basics, and
 ANS 431. Equine Systems II: Nutrition (3)     losophy degrees are offered in Animal          opportunity to improve a rider’s position and
                                                                                              control at the trot and canter, either English or
 ANS 433. Poultry Meat Production              Science or Poultry Science with empha-         Western (Separate sections). Upon completion
   Systems (3)                                 sis in nutrition, reproductive physiol-        of the course, the student will be a more
 ANS 434. Egg Production Systems (3)           ogy, breeding/genetics, or growth and          effective rider at all three gaits. This course is
 ANS 435. Applied Animal Behavior (3)          development.                                   recommended for riders who have NOT had
                                                                                              formal instruction or who are making a transition
                                                                                                   College of Agricultural Sciences                           107



from the Western to English style of riding.            ANS 231. LIVESTOCK EVALUATION (2). Visual              ANS 317. REPRODUCTION IN DOMESTIC
Instructors for this course will be OSU-certified        appraisal of market and breeding classes of beef       ANIMALS LABORATORY (1). Gross and
coaching students or graduates. May be repeated.        cattle, sheep, and swine. Live animal and carcass      microscopic anatomy of the reproductive tract;
This course is repeatable for a maximum of 4            comparisons. PREREQS: ANS 121.                         semen collection, evaluation and extension;
credits. PREREQS: ANS 191 or equivalent.                                                                       evaluation of fertilization, embryo and fetal
                                                        ANS 251. PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL FOODS                    development and placentation. Lec/lab.
ANS 193. DRESSAGE (1). Designed for riders              TECHNOLOGY (3). Processing of meat, milk               PREREQS: ANS 316*
who have taken Beginner Riding I and II (or the         and eggs into human food products. Lec/lab.
equivalent) and are interested in discovering           PREREQS: ANS 121.                                      ANS 321. AVIAN EMBRYO (4). Discussion and
and/or pursuing the art of dressage. Riders will                                                               experimentation involving the development and
be gently introduced to the terminology and             ANS 280. COMPANION ANIMAL MANAGEMENT                   the environmental requirements for the artificial
techniques of dressage training through second          (3). Care and management of companion                  incubation of avian embryos. Lec/lab. Offered
level with ample demonstrations and hands-on            animals, including dogs, cats, small mammals,          even-numbered years. PREREQS: ANS 121,
experience. Upon completion of the course,              reptiles, birds, and tropical fish. Responsibilities    ANS 217, BI 211.
riders will feel competent in riding a training         of pet ownership and the beneficial aspects of the
level test for competition. May be repeated. This       human-animal relationship.                             ANS 322. EQUESTRIAN COACHING (2).
course is repeatable for a maximum of 4 credits.                                                               Practical development of coaching skills with
                                                        ANS 295. REINING (1). Reining will give the            novice to intermediate English/Western riders.
PREREQS: ANS 192 or equivalent.                         advanced rider the technical and theoretical           Emphasis on knowledge of basic riding principles
ANS 194. JUMPING (1). Designed for riders               knowledge of training reining horses in the stock      and stable management skills, teaching ability
who have taken ANS 193 (or the equivalent) and          seat style of riding. Focus will be on preparation     and sport safety. Students required to enroll in a
are interested in learning control of the horse         and execution of the reining maneuvers.                1-credit internship program the following term for
over fences. Riders will be coached through             PREREQS: ANS 192 or instructor’s approval.             advanced teaching experience. PREREQS: ANS
several exercises designed to improve their ability     ANS 296. ADVANCED JUMPING/EVENTING                     193, ANS 194, ANS 221.
to establish pace, rhythm and balance, adjust           (1). Advanced jumping/eventing will introduce
stride, and direct and control the horse over                                                                  ANS 323. PRINCIPLES OF COLT TRAINING (3).
                                                        and practice training methods, conditioning,           Students acquire the technical and theoretical
trotting and cantering poles, gymnastics, single        preparation, and skill building in the areas of
fences, combinations, and an eight-fence hunter                                                                knowledge of starting and training colts in the
                                                        dressage, jumping, and eventing (as weather            stock seat style of riding. PREREQS: ANS 295
course. Aspects of course design will also be           permits). PREREQS: ANS 194 or instructor’s
covered for interested students. May be repeated.                                                              and Or instructor’s approval. Departmental
                                                        approval.                                              approval.
This course is repeatable for a maximum of 4
credits. PREREQS: ANS 193 and Or equivalent.            ANS 297. WORKING COWHORSE (1). Working                 ANS 324. ADVANCED COLT TRAINING (3).
Departmental approval.                                  Cowhorse will give the advanced rider the              Students acquire the technical and theoretical
                                                        technical and theoretical knowledge of starting        knowledge of advancing the training of young
ANS 207. SOPHOMORE SEMINAR (1).                         and training colts on cattle. PREREQS: ANS 295
Examination of career opportunities in animal                                                                  horses in the stock seat style of riding. Lec/lab.
                                                        or instructor’s approval.                              PREREQS: ANS 295 and ANS 323 or instructor
sciences. PREREQS: Sophomore standing.
                                                        ANS 311. PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL NUTRITION                approval required.
ANS 215. BEEF/DAIRY INDUSTRIES (3).                     (3). Classification, digestion, absorption, and
Introduction to beef and dairy industries; history,                                                            ANS 327. APPLIED PHYSIOLOGY OF
                                                        metabolism of nutrients in animals; consequences       REPRODUCTION (5). Principles, techniques
current industry status, and demonstration and          of nutritional deficiencies and toxicities.
practice of basic husbandry skills. PREREQS:                                                                   and recent development in semen collection,
                                                        PREREQS: BI 211 and BI 212 and ANS 313.                evaluation, extension and preservation;
ANS 121.
                                                        ANS 312. FEEDSTUFFS AND RATION                         artificial insemination, estrus detection and
ANS 216. SHEEP/SWINE INDUSTRIES (3).                    FORMULATION (4). Presents the feedstuffs               synchronization; pregnancy diagnosis and embryo
Introduction to the sheep and swine industries          utilized by domestic animals including their           transfer. PREREQS: ANS 316 and ANS 317
including history, current status and production        characteristics and processing. Provides
practices, with demonstration and hands-on                                                                     ANS 331. ADVANCED LIVESTOCK
                                                        instruction in ration formulation and evaluation       EVALUATION (4). Aspects of an individual
experience of basic husbandry practices.                leading to development of the basic skills required
PREREQS: ANS 121.                                                                                              animal’s economic merit are compared to a
                                                        to formulate and evaluate rations for domestic         sample group. Emphasis is placed on beef, swine
ANS 217. POULTRY INDUSTRIES (3).                        animals. Taught as a distance education course.        and sheep. Visual appraisal, performance data
Familiarization of the organizational structure         PREREQS: ANS 121, MTH 111 or equivalent or             and carcass merit are stressed. Designed to
and marketing arrangement of poultry industries;        instructor approval.                                   prepare students for the intercollegiate livestock
hands-on managerial techniques, practices and           ANS 313. APPLIED ANIMAL NUTRITION:                     judging team. PREREQS: ANS 231, sophomore
procedures carried out by the poultry industries.       FEEDS AND RATION FORMULATION (4).                      standing or higher.
ANS 220. INTRODUCTORY HORSE SCIENCE                     Discusses topics relevant to feedstuff identification   ANS 333. EQUINE STABLE MANAGEMENT (3).
(3). Introduction to horses, their history, breeds,     and nutrient analysis, feed processing and             Discusses developing a business plan, financial
form and function, performance evaluation,              formulation of balanced animal diets based on          statements, and ratios, budgeting, financial
current industry status, and general management.        nutrient requirements. Provides students hands-        planning, taxation, and employment issues within
PREREQS: ANS 121.                                       on experiences in identifying various feedstuffs       the current equine industry. PREREQS: ANS 220,
                                                        and formulating rations based on the nutrient          ANS 222, or instructor’s approval.
ANS 221. EQUINE CONFORMATION AND                        composition of those feedstuffs. PREREQS:
PERFORMANCE (2). Students will learn                    ANS 311 (recommended but not required) and             ANS 351. ADVANCED PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL
systems of evaluating conformation and for              junior status.                                         FOODS TECHNOLOGY (4). Provides in-depth
judging current horse show disciplines typically                                                               coverage of both fresh and processed meats
featured in intercollegiate horse judging contests.     ANS 314. ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY (4). Biological             and eggs into products suitable for human
Emphasis will be on the stock-type (AQHA) halter        basis of animal performance; describes how             consumption. PREREQS: ANS 251.
and performance classes. Students will learn to         networks of cells act cooperatively to enable
place classes objectively and give written and oral     locomotion, provide a stable internal environment,     ANS 378. ANIMAL GENETICS (4).
justifications of their judgements.                      allocate resources, remove metabolic end-              Fundamentals of inheritance, principles of
                                                        products, and counteract microorganisms.               genetic segregation, population and quantitative
ANS 223. EQUINE MARKETING (2). Course                   PREREQS: General biology and sophomore                 genetics, response to natural selection and artificial
covers practical concepts of equine marketing.          standing or higher.                                    manipulation of populations. PREREQS: ANS 121,
Emphasis on market assessment, targeting                                                                       BI 211, BI 212, BI 213, ST 351 or equivalent.
buyers, marketing and advertising strategies,           ANS 315. *CONTENTIOUS SOCIAL ISSUES
hands-on experience in product preparation and          IN ANIMAL AGRICULTURE (3). Discussion                  ANS 401. RESEARCH (1-16). Graded P/N. This
presentation, marketing legalities. PREREQS:            of contentious issues including role of animal         course is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
ANS 121 and ANS 220, also ANS 192 or                    products and human health; use of hormones and         PREREQS: Departmental approval required.
instructor approval required.                           antibodies; new animal biotechnologies; animal
                                                        rights/welfare; livestock grazing on public lands.     ANS 403. THESIS (1-16). PREREQS:
ANS 230. DAIRY CATTLE EVALUATION (3).                   (Bacc Core Course).                                    Departmental approval required.
Phenotypic evaluation of dairy cattle in relation                                                              ANS 405. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).
to the productive life of the animals as well as        ANS 316. REPRODUCTION IN DOMESTIC
                                                        ANIMALS (4). Anatomy and physiology of                 Graded P/N. This course is repeatable for a
efficiency and the economic impact on dairy                                                                     maximum of 16 credits. PREREQS: Departmental
producers. Labs consist of students spending time       mammalian and avian reproductive systems;
                                                        fertilization, embryonic and fetal development,        approval required.
cow-side evaluating animals via knowledge gained
from lectures. Cow anatomy will be mastered,            placentation and parturition; reproductive             ANS 407. SEMINAR (1-17). Graded P/N. This
value of type traits will be learned, differentiation   technologies. Lec/rec. PREREQS: (BI 211 or BI          course is repeatable for a maximum of 17 credits.
of the dairy breeds will be understood, and             211H) and (CH 121 or CH 221) and ANS 121 or
oral presentation skills honed. $20 course fee          CH 221, sophomore standing or higher.
assessed. PREREQS: ANS 121 and ANS 215 are
recommended.
108         Oregon State University



ANS 410. ANIMAL SCIENCE INTERNSHIP                     course. Offered odd number years. PREREQS:             ANS 452. LIVESTOCK HOUSING AND WASTE
(1-12). On- or off-campus, occupational work           ANS 217, ANS 313, ANS 316, ANS 378 or                  MANAGEMENT (3). Basics in where, how,
experience supervised by the department. Graded        instructor’s approval.                                 and why one would build, insulate, and ventilate
P/N. This course is repeatable for a maximum of                                                               livestock buildings. Manure and wastewater
16 credits. PREREQS: Departmental approval             ANS 434. EGG PRODUCTION SYSTEMS (3).                   collection, treatment, storage, and utilization.
required.                                              Applications and analyses of egg production
                                                       systems for brooding, rearing, feeding and             ANS 453. PRACTICAL BROILER PRODUCTION
ANS 411. DIGESTIVE PHYSIOLOGY AND                      housing egg producing chickens. Decision case          (1-3). Students will be considered the growers
NUTRITION OF RUMINANT ANIMALS                          studies and practical management problems              and will be required to provide the management
(4). Anatomy and physiology of the ruminant            are incorporated into the course. Offered even-        of the flock. The instructor will act the field
digestive tract including rumen microbiology and       numbered years. PREREQS: ANS 217, ANS 313,             supervisor, making suggestions for management
digestive processes. Nutritional biochemistry and      ANS 316, ANS 378 or instructor’s approval.             changes if the student growers do not make timely
physiology of ruminants. Feed chemistry, feed                                                                 adjustments. Students will be closely involved
intake and principles of ration balancing. Theory of   ANS 435. APPLIED ANIMAL BEHAVIOR                       with the day-to-day responsibilities of broiler
energy and protein metabolism. PREREQS:                (3). Exploration of the fundamental processes          production, in a system virtually identical to that
ANS 311 or ANS 313.                                    of animal behavior and implications for animal         used in the commercial industry nationwide.
                                                       management, production, housing and welfare.           They will be determining management, including
ANS 412. MONOGASTRIC AND POULTRY                       Examples provided in class will cover a range of       ventilation, temperature, lighting, water, and feed
NUTRITION (3). Anatomical differences in               species, with emphasis on domestic animals. Lec/       availability. Attendance in the form of two visits per
digestive tracts of monogastrics; nutritional          lab. PREREQS: ANS 314 and BI 350 or Z 350 or           day (weekends included) is a major component of
biochemistry of poultry; practical feeding of avian    equivalent.                                            the class. All decisions on management are under
species; least-cost ration techniques; techniques                                                             the indirect supervision of the instructor. This
for determining nutrient needs of monogastrics.        ANS 436. SHEEP PRODUCTION SYSTEMS (3).
                                                       Integration of nutrition, genetics, reproduction,      course is repeatable for a maximum of 9 credits.
PREREQS: ANS 311 and 313.                                                                                     PREREQS: Instructor approval required.
                                                       behavior, and health principles into management
ANS 413. COMPARATIVE NUTRITION OF                      systems for production and marketing of lamb and       ANS 465. FOODBORNE DISEASE (3).
DOMESTIC AND WILD ANIMALS (3). A                       wool. PREREQS: ANS 216, ANS 311, ANS 316,              Examines ways pathogenic bacteria can enter
comprehensive discussion of comparative                ANS 378.                                               the human diet via animal products, discusses
similarities and differences in nutrient digestion                                                            rationale for the limitations of government
and metabolism of domestic and wild animals.           ANS 438. EXPLORING WORLD AGRICULTURE
                                                       (2). Survey of crop and livestock production in a      meat inspection, explains disease symptoms
Herbivores such as ruminants and hindgut                                                                      in terms of intestinal physiology, and discusses
fermentors will be emphasized, as will mammalian       designated section of the world, including history,
                                                       culture, and political situation. Course is designed   food processing technology and food handling
and avian carnivorous species. Emphasis will be                                                               techniques that serve to minimize the risk of
on protein, carbohydrate and lipid metabolism,         to prepare students for a tour of study area.
                                                       CROSSLISTED as AREC 438, CSS 438, HORT                 infection.
with other topics selected from the syllabus in
accordance with student interest in a particular       438. Graded P/N. This course is repeatable for a       ANS 478. ANIMAL BREEDING AND GENETICS
year. Student course fee: $10. PREREQS:                maximum of 8 credits.                                  (3). Application of genetic principles to selection
Junior or senior status and CH 331 required. An        ANS 439. DAIRY PRODUCTION SYSTEMS (4).                 and improvement of livestock. Topics include
introduction to biochemistry is recommended but        Fundamentals of nutrition, breeding, reproductive      breeding value and heritability estimation, mating
not required.                                          physiology and health programs and their               systems and selection strategies. Emphasis
                                                       applications in the care and management of dairy       on quantitative traits of importance in domestic
ANS 415. LIVESTOCK JUDGING TEAM (3).                                                                          livestock. PREREQS: ANS 378.
Designed to train students for participation in        cattle. PREREQS: ANS 215, ANS 313, ANS 316,
the intercollegiate livestock judging team. This       ANS 378.                                               ANS 485. *CONSENSUS AND NATURAL
course is repeatable for a maximum of 9 credits.       ANS 440. DAIRY PRODUCTION SYSTEMS                      RESOURCES (3). Students will use a working
PREREQS: ANS 331.                                      (3). Decision case analysis or special topics          group approach. They will select a natural
                                                       in application of dairy management principles.         resource topic, study the team process and
ANS 420. ^ETHICAL ISSUES IN ANIMAL                                                                            interaction as a method of learning, explore
AGRICULTURE (3). Students are provided                 PREREQS: ANS 215, ANS 313, ANS 316,
                                                       ANS 378.                                               the issue using systems practice, and strive
with an opportunity to discuss, debate and                                                                    for consensus on solutions to their issue.
write extensively about current, relevant, and         ANS 441. TOPICS IN ANIMAL LEARNING                     CROSSLISTED as FW 485/FW 585, FOR 485,
controversial social issues dealing with modern        (2). Studies of animals’ cognitive abilities have      FW 485/FW 585, SOC 485/SOC 585. (Bacc Core
animal agriculture. (Writing Intensive Course)         revealed a broad spectrum of learning capabilities     Course)
ANS 421X. CONTEMP ISSUES IN ANIMAL AG                  in various species. Covers fundamental concepts
                                                       associated with animal learning and cognition;         ANS 490. TOXICANTS AND POISONOUS
(3). Focuses on contributions of domestic animals                                                             PLANTS (4). Natural toxicants and their
to human welfare; animal products in the human         the focus is on types of learning demonstrated by
                                                       various animals and challenges associated with         biological effects, metabolism of toxicants,
diet; societal concerns (food safety, health aspects                                                          impacts of toxicants on livestock production, and
of consumption of animal products, environmental       designing animal cognition experiments. Readings
                                                       will cover a range of species. PREREQS: Junior         consideration of the chemical structure, plant
issues); industrial animal production; and the                                                                sources, toxicity problems, metabolism and
future of animal agriculture. $10 course fee           standing.
                                                                                                              metabolic effects, toxicity signs, and prevention of
assessed.                                              ANS 443. BEEF PRODUCTION SYSTEMS:                      toxicoses. PREREQS: ANS 313.
ANS 430. EQUINE SYSTEMS I: EXERCISE                    COW/CALF (3). Fundamentals of nutrition,
                                                       reproductive physiology and health programs and        ANS 501. RESEARCH (1-16). Graded P/N. This
SCIENCE (3). Seniors and graduate students                                                                    course is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
intensively explore and apply science to real-life     their applications in the care and management
                                                       of beef cattle. Overnight field trip with extra fee     PREREQS: Departmental approval required.
situations regarding cardiorespiratory, muscle
physiology, and bone physiology responses to           charged. Lec/lab. Taught at EOU La Grande              ANS 503. THESIS (1-16). Graded P/N. This
exercise, climate, and altitude. PREREQS: ANS 314.     campus only. PREREQS: ANS 313, ANS 315,                course is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
                                                       ANS 316, ANS 378.
ANS 431. EQUINE SYSTEMS II: NUTRITION (3).                                                                    ANS 505. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).
Senior and graduate students intensively explore       ANS 444. BEEF PRODUCTION SYSTEMS:                      Graded P/N. This course is repeatable for a
and apply science to real-life situations regarding    STOCKER/FEEDLOT (3). Continuation of the               maximum of 16 credits. PREREQS: Departmental
starch, fiber, protein, and fat metabolism in           study of beef cattle management. Students will         approval required.
performance horses, breeding stock, and growing        practice decision-making processes using area
horses. PREREQS: ANS 313.                              beef cattle operations as case studies. Overnight      ANS 507. GRADUATE SEMINAR (1). Section
                                                       field trip with extra fee charged. PREREQS: ANS         1: Seminar/general for all graduate students.
ANS 432. EQUINE SYSTEMS III:                           443/ANS 543.                                           Preparation of effective visual aids. Practice
REPRODUCTION (4). Senior and graduate                                                                         explaining the validity or significance of
students explore the fundamentals of equine            ANS 445. BEEF PRODUCTION SYSTEMS (4).                  experimental results to an informed audience.
reproduction and their application in horse            Students will be exposed to the fundamentals           Section 2: Seminar/endocrinology, for graduate
breeding. Includes practical training of laboratory    of nutrition, reproductive physiology, selection,      students interested in physiology. This course is
techniques. Lec/lab. PREREQS: ANS 220 and              health programs, and their applications in the care    repeatable for a maximum of 99 credits.
ANS 316 and ANS 327.                                   and management of beef cattle from conception
                                                       through calving, weaning, stocker/back grounding       ANS 511. DIGESTIVE PHYSIOLOGY AND
ANS 433. POULTRY MEAT PRODUCTION                       and the feedlot. Students will practice decision-      NUTRITION OF RUMINANT ANIMALS
SYSTEMS (3). Fundamental applications and              making processes using working case studies.           (4). Anatomy and physiology of the ruminant
the analysis of management principles applied to       Overnight field trip with extra fee charged.            digestive tract including rumen microbiology and
brooding, rearing, feeding and housing meat-           PREREQS: ANS 313 and ANS 316 and ANS 317               digestive processes. Nutritional biochemistry and
type chickens and turkeys and their respective         and ANS 378.                                           physiology of ruminants. Feed chemistry, feed
breeders. Decision case studies and practical                                                                 intake and principles of ration balancing. Theory of
management problems are incorporated into the                                                                 energy and protein metabolism. PREREQS:
                                                                                                              ANS 311 or ANS 313.
                                                                                                 College of Agricultural Sciences                          109



ANS 512. MONOGASTRIC AND POULTRY                      ANS 536. SHEEP PRODUCTION SYSTEMS (3).                ANS 578. ANIMAL BREEDING AND GENETICS
NUTRITION (3). Anatomical differences in              Integration of nutrition, genetics, reproduction,     (3). Application of genetic principles to selection
digestive tracts of monogastrics; nutritional         behavior, and health principles into management       and improvement of livestock. Topics include
biochemistry of poultry; practical feeding of avian   systems for production and marketing of lamb and      breeding value and heritability estimation, mating
species; least-cost ration techniques; techniques     wool. PREREQS: ANS 216, ANS 311, ANS 316,             systems and selection strategies. Emphasis
for determining nutrient needs of monogastrics.       ANS 378.                                              on quantitative traits of importance in domestic
PREREQS: ANS 311 and ANS 313.                                                                               livestock. PREREQS: ANS 378.
                                                      ANS 538. BIOLOGY OF LACTATION (3).
ANS 513. COMPARATIVE NUTRITION OF                     Physiological and environmental factors affecting     ANS 585. CONSENSUS AND NATURAL
DOMESTIC AND WILD ANIMALS (3). A                      mammary gland development and function.               RESOURCES (3). Students will use a working
comprehensive discussion of comparative               Offered alternate years. PREREQS: Z 431/Z 531.        group approach. They will select a natural
similarities and differences in nutrient digestion                                                          resource topic, study the team process and
and metabolism of domestic and wild animals.          ANS 539. DAIRY PRODUCTION SYSTEMS (4).                interaction as a method of learning, explore
Herbivores such as ruminants and hindgut              Fundamentals of nutrition, breeding, reproductive     the issue using systems practice, and strive
fermentors will be emphasized, as will mammalian      physiology and health programs and their              for consensus on solutions to their issue.
and avian carnivorous species. Emphasis will be       applications in the care and management of dairy      CROSSLISTED as FW 485/FW 585, FOR 485,
on protein, carbohydrate and lipid metabolism,        cattle. PREREQS: ANS 215, ANS 313, ANS 316,           FW 485/FW 585, SOC 485/SOC 585
with other topics selected from the syllabus in       ANS 378.
accordance with student interest in a particular                                                            ANS 590. TOXICANTS AND POISONOUS
                                                      ANS 540. DAIRY PRODUCTION SYSTEMS                     PLANTS (4). Natural toxicants and their
year. Student course fee: $10. PREREQS:               (3). Decision case analysis or special topics
Junior or senior status and CH 331 required. An                                                             biological effects, metabolism of toxicants,
                                                      in application of dairy management principles.        impacts of toxicants on livestock production, and
introduction to biochemistry is recommended but       PREREQS: ANS 215, ANS 313, ANS 316,
not required.                                                                                               consideration of the chemical structure, plant
                                                      ANS 378.                                              sources, toxicity problems, metabolism and
ANS 515. REVIEW OF APPLIED RUMINANT                   ANS 541. TOPICS IN ANIMAL LEARNING                    metabolic effects, toxicity signs, and prevention of
NUTRITION RESEARCH TECHNIQUES (3).                    (2). Studies of animal’s cognitive abilities          toxicoses. PREREQS: ANS 313.
Review and discussion and applied techniques          have revealed a broad spectrum of learning
and methodology used for ruminant nutrition                                                                 ANS 599. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). This course
                                                      capabilities in various species. This course covers   is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
research.                                             fundamental concepts associated with animal
ANS 530. EQUINE SYSTEMS I: EXERCISE                   learning and cognition; the focus is on types of      ANS 601. RESEARCH (1-16). Graded P/N. This
SCIENCE (3). Senior and graduate students             learning demonstrated by various animals and          course is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
intensively explore and apply science to real-life    challenges associated with designing animal           PREREQS: Departmental approval required.
situations regarding cardiorespiratory, muscle        cognition experiments. Readings will cover a
                                                      range of species. PREREQS: Junior standing.           ANS 603. THESIS (1-16). This course is
physiology, and bone physiology responses to                                                                repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
exercise, climate, and altitude. PREREQS:             ANS 543. BEEF PRODUCTION SYSTEMS:
ANS 314.                                              COW/CALF (3). Fundamentals of nutrition,              ANS 605. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).
                                                      reproductive physiology and health programs and       This course is repeatable for a maximum of
ANS 531. EQUINE SYSTEMS II: NUTRITION (3).                                                                  16 credits. PREREQS: Departmental approval
Senior and graduate students intensively explore      their applications in the care and management
                                                      of beef cattle. Overnight field trip with extra fee    required.
and apply science to real-life situations regarding
starch, fiber, protein, and fat metabolism in          charged. Lec/lab. Taught at EOU La Grande             ANS 606. PROJECTS (1-16). This course is
performance horses, breeding stock, and growing       campus only. PREREQS: ANS 315, ANS 313,               repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
horses. PREREQS: ANS 313.                             ANS 316, ANS 378.
                                                                                                            ANS 607. GRADUATE SEMINAR (1). This
ANS 532. EQUINE SYSTEMS III:                          ANS 544. BEEF PRODUCTION SYSTEMS:                     course is repeatable for a maximum of 99 credits.
REPRODUCTION (4). Designed for seniors and            STOCKER/FEEDLOT (3). Continuation of the
                                                      study of beef cattle management. Students will        ANS 662. HORMONE ACTION (3). Mechanisms
graduate students to explore the fundamentals of                                                            of action of peptide and steroid hormones and
equine reproduction and their application in horse    practice decision-making processes using area
                                                      beef cattle operations as case studies. Overnight     related compounds at the cellular level. Offered
breeding. Includes practical training in laboratory                                                         alternate years. CROSSLISTED as BB 662.
techniques. Lec/lab. PREREQS: ANS 220, ANS            field trip with extra fee charged. PREREQS:
                                                      ANS 443/ANS 543.                                      PREREQS: BB 452/BB 552 or BB 492/BB 592 or
316, and ANS 327.                                                                                           equivalent.
ANS 533. POULTRY MEAT PRODUCTION                      ANS 545. BEEF PRODUCTION SYSTEMS (4).
                                                      Students will be exposed to the fundamentals          ANS 673. BIOLOGY OF MAMMALIAN
SYSTEMS (3). Fundamental applications and                                                                   REPRODUCTION (4). Physiological,
the analysis of management principles applied to      of nutrition, reproductive physiology, selection,
                                                      health programs, and their applications in the care   neuroendocrine, endocrine and environmental
brooding, rearing, feeding and housing meat-                                                                factors that regulate reproduction of mammals.
type chickens and turkeys and their respective        and management of beef cattle from conception
                                                      through calving, weaning, stocker/back grounding      Offered alternate years. PREREQS: ANS 316 or
breeders. Decision case studies and practical                                                               equivalent; BB 350.
management problems are incorporated into the         and the feedlot. Students will practice decision-
course. Offered odd number years. PREREQS:            making processes using working case studies.
ANS 217, ANS 313, ANS 316, ANS 378 or                 Overnight field trip with extra fee charged.            BIOENGINEERING
instructor’s approval.                                PREREQS: ANS 313 and ANS 316 and ANS 317
                                                      and ANS 378.
ANS 534. EGG PRODUCTION SYSTEMS (3).                                                                        See the College of Engineering
Applications and analyses of egg production           ANS 552. LIVESTOCK HOUSING AND WASTE
systems for brooding, rearing, feeding and            MANAGEMENT (3). Basics in where, how,
housing egg producing chickens. Decision case         and why one would build, insulate, and ventilate       BIORESOURCE RESEARCH
studies and practical management problems             livestock buildings. Manure and wastewater
                                                      collection, treatment, storage, and utilization.
are incorporated into the course. Offered even-
                                                      Offered alternate years.                              See the complete description under Inter-
numbered years. PREREQS: ANS 217, ANS 313,                                                                  disciplinary Studies
ANS 316, ANS 378 or instructor’s approval.            ANS 560. LIPID METABOLISM (3). Digestion,
ANS 535. APPLIED ANIMAL BEHAVIOR                      absorption and metabolism of lipids with emphasis
(3). Exploration of the fundamental processes         on lipoprotein metabolism, regulation of lipid         BOTANY AND PLANT
                                                      metabolism in various tissues and metabolism
of animal behavior and implications for animal
                                                      of eicosacoids. Offered alternate years.               PATHOLOGY
management, production, housing and welfare.
Examples provided in class will cover a range of      CROSSLISTED as NUTR 560. PREREQS:
species, with emphasis on domestic animals. Lec/      BB 452, BB 492 or equivalent.                         See College of Science
lab. PREREQS: BI 350 or Z 350 or ANS 314 or
equivalent.
110       Oregon State University



CROP AND SOIL SCIENCE                             Potato Production                             crops for biofuel production, land-use
                                                  Seed Biology                                  and reclamation, genetic modification of
Russ Karow, Head                                  Seed Crop Physiology                          crop plants, and soil quality and sustain-
107 Crop Science                                  Seed Production                               ability. An array of careers are available
3017 Ag and Life Sciences                         Weed Biology                                  in such areas as crop production and
Oregon State University                           Weed Management                               management, new crop development,
Corvallis, OR 97331                                                                             soil management, soil ecology, ecosystem
                                                Soil Science (MS, PhD)
541-737-2821 and 541-737-2441                                                                   restoration, agricultural business and
E-mail: russell.s.karow@oregonstate.edu           Graduate Areas of Concentration               marketing, etc.
Web site: http://cropandsoil.oregonstate.         Environmental Soil Science
edu                                               Forest Soils                                  CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
                                                  Nutrient Cycling                              Careers for crop scientists are available
FACULTY                                           Soil Geochemistry                             in business, industry, farming, research,
Professors Aldrich-Markham, Ball,                 Soil Conservation and Land Use                agricultural chemical industries, seed
Bottomley, Butler, Fisher, D. Hannaway,           Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition            production, seed technology, commu-
Hart, Hayes, Jensen, Karow, Kling (sr.            Soil Genesis and Classification                nications, conservation, and education.
research), Macnab, Mallory-Smith,                 Soil Microbiology
                                                                                                Positions are available in agricultural ex-
Mellbye, Myrold, Peterson, Petrie, Shock,                                                       periment stations and extension services,
                                                  Soil Physics
Tuck, Young                                                                                     state departments of agriculture, food
Associate Professors Baham, Bohle,                                                              processing companies, insurance agen-
                                                Affiliated Interdisciplinary
Chastain, Corp, Dragila, Horneck, Huber,                                                        cies, lending institutions, and commer-
                                                Graduate Major                                  cial firms, both domestic and interna-
Kiemnec, Lutcher, Machado, Noller,
Parke (sr. research), Rao, Riera-Lizarazu,      Water Resources Science (MS, PhD)               tional, dealing in the processing and sale
Roseberg, Ross, Schrumpf (retired,               (See Interdisciplinary Studies)                of farm products, chemicals, and seed.
part-time appointment), Stephenson,                                                                Careers for soil scientists are available
                                                Graduate Minors                                 in agriculture, forestry, education, state
Sullivan, Vales, Walenta, Wysocki
Assistant Professors Angima,                    Crop Science                                    and federal resource agencies, private
Duggan, Elias (sr. research), Felix,            Soil Science                                    consulting, and research. Farms, ranches,
Flowers, Hulting, Kleber, Motazedian                                                            and agricultural supply companies
(fixed term), Nonogaki, Norberg,                 The discipline of crop science provides         employ soil scientists as managers or
Rondon, Silberstein                             the knowledge and understanding for             field representatives. Soil scientists may
Senior Instructors Lundeen, McMorran            technologies that contribute directly to        become teachers of vocational agricul-
Instructors Burr, Cassidy, Fery, Hane, K.       improvements in production and quality          ture or environmental education, or they
Hannaway, Knight, Maley, Shafabakhsh,           of food, feed, fiber, seed, energy, and          may become county extension agents in
S. Smith, Verhoeven, Zielinski                  nutraceutical crops for the world. The art      agriculture or natural resources. The U.S.
                                                and science of plant improvement are            Department of Agriculture’s Forest Ser-
COURTESY FACULTY                                key elements in efforts to feed, clothe         vice and Natural Resource Conservation
Professors Albrecht, Barker, Brilman,           and provide energy for the world’s ever-        Service often employ soil scientists, as do
Brown, Griffith, Haunold, Knapp, Olszyk          growing population. Conventional and            private consulting firms in environmen-
Associate Professors Mueller-                   molecular tools assist in the development       tal engineering and land use planning.
Warrant, Henning                                of new genetic strains of food and energy
Assistant Professors M. Johnson, M.             crops. Crop plants play an important            ACADEMIC ADVISING
Rogers, Weisbrod                                role in the future of sustainable food and      Undergraduate curricula in crop and soil
Instructors Darris                              energy production.                              science are flexible enough to provide
                                                   The discipline of soil science provides      for the student’s individual professional
PROFESSIONAL FACULTY                            the basic understanding of the physical,        needs and interests and for a broad-based
Curry, Garay                                    chemical, and biological properties of          general education by allowing electives
                                                this important natural resource. Why is         in other colleges throughout the univer-
Undergraduate Major                             soil important? Soil is the fundamental         sity. Undergraduate advising is a vital
                                                substrate for life on terrestrial landscapes.   part of the program, and the department
Crop and Soil Science (BS)                                                                      is well known for excellence in advising.
                                                Soil plays a vital role in sustaining
  Options                                       human welfare and assuring future agri-         Advisors and faculty provide curricular
  Crop Management                               cultural productivity and environmental         guidance and aid in professional extra-
  Soil Resource Management                      stability. An understanding of global and       curricular activities, career decisions, and
                                                local ecology depends on an awareness           job placement.
Minors                                          of the soil and its properties. Global
                                                information and mapping systems are             SCHOLARSHIPS
Crop Science
                                                essential tools for characterizing the          The Department of Crop and Soil Science
Soil Science
                                                landscape and its constituent soils.            administers a number of scholarships
Graduate Majors                                    Agronomists are crop and soil scien-         available only to students majoring in
                                                tists who work to improve crops and             the department.
Crop Science (MS, PhD)
                                                agricultural productivity while effectively
  Graduate Areas of Concentration
                                                managing pests and weeds. Students in           STUDENT CLUBS
  Crop Breeding, Genetics and                                                                   The department supports a Crop Science
    Cytogenetics (cereals, grasses, oilseeds)   crop and soil science explore important
                                                contemporary issues faced by our society,       Club that provides valuable co-curricular
  Crop Physiology and Biochemistry                                                              professional development, a Soil Science
                                                including water quality and manage-
  Forage and Pasture Management                                                                 Club, a collegiate Soil Judging Team
                                                ment, sustainability of different types of
  Grain Crop Production                                                                         that participates in both regional and
                                                crop production, organic crop produc-
  New Crop Development                          tion, erosion and sedimentation, growing        national competitions, the OSU Organic
  Post-Harvest Seed Technology                                                                  Growers Club that provides hands-on
                                                                                        College of Agricultural Sciences                  111



experience in organic production of                HORT 414. M/Information Systems in             Basic Science Core
vegetable crops, and the OSU Bug Zoo, a             Agriculture (Four 1-credit modules) (1–4)     BI 211, BI 212, BI 213. *Principles of
student club whose members are actively                                                            Biology (4,4,4,)
                                                   Business and Economics
engaged in insect education outreach to            AREC 211. Management in Agriculture (4)        CH 121. General Chemistry (5)
local schools and communities.                     AREC 221. Marketing in Agriculture (3)         CH 122, CH 123. *General Chemistry (5,5)
                                                   ECON 201. *Introduction to                     GEO 201. *Physical Geology (4)
CROP AND SOIL SCIENCE                               Microeconomics (4)                            GEO 202. *Earth Systems Science (4)
(BS, CRED, HBS)                                     or AREC 250. *Introduction to                 GEO 203. *Evolution of Planet Earth (4)
The BS in Crop and Soil Science degree              Environmental Economics and Policy (3)        MTH 241. *Calculus for Management and
requires the choice of one of two options                                                          Social Science (4)
                                                   Electives in Business                          ST 351. Intro to Statistical Methods (4)
above.                                             Choose a minimum of 8 credits from
                                                    below:                                        Electives
CROP MANAGEMENT OPTION                             AREC 300. Applied Economic Analysis (3)        Minimum of 44 credits in additional ba-
Crop and Soil Science                              AREC 372. Agricultural Cooperatives (2)        sic science, soil science, and related sup-
Departmental Core                                  AREC 388. Agricultural Law (4)                 porting courses from other departments.
CSS 100. Orientation/Career Planning (1)           AREC 468. M/Crop Enterprise Budgeting          Electives can be structured to emphasize
CSS 200. Crop Ecology and Morphology (3)            (Module) (1)                                  different aspects of soil resource manage-
CSS 305. Principles of Soil Science (4)            AREC 470. M/Farm Budgeting and Planning        ment such as spatial analysis/land use,
CSS 306. Problem Solving: Soil Science              (Module) (1)                                  nutrient cycling, soil biology/ecology,
 Applications (1)                                  AREC 476. M/Agricultural Personnel             soil water/hydrology, water/watershed
CSS 315. ^Nutrient Management and                   Management (Module) (2)
                                                                                                  management and sustainable systems.
 Cycling (4) [Taught at EOU La Grande              BA 463. Family Business Management (4)
                                                                                                  Advisors can work with students to
 campus only.]                                     Electives in Ecology                           customize these electives to their specific
 or CSS 325. ^Agricultural and                     Choose at least one of the following
 Environmental Predicaments: A Case
                                                                                                  needs and interests.
                                                    for 3 credits:
 Study Approach (3)                                BI 370. Ecology (3)                            Examples of
CSS 407. Senior Seminar (1)                        RNG 241. Rangeland Ecology and                 suggested electives include:
Crops Core                                          Management (3)                                Nutrient Cycling
CSS 300. Intro to Crop Production (4)                                                             AREC 211. Management in Agriculture (4)
                                                   Basic Science and Mathematics
CSS 415. Soil Fertility Management (3)             BI 211, BI 212, BI 213. *Principles of         AREC 250. *Introduction to Environmental
 [Taught at EOU La Grande campus only.]             Biology (4,4,4)                                Economics and Policy (3)
CSS 430. Plant Genetics (3)                        CH 121. General Chemistry (5)                  BEE 439. Irrigation Principles and Practices
CSS 480. Case Studies in Cropping Systems                                                          (4)
                                                   CH 122, CH 123. *General Chemistry (5,5)
 Management (4)                                                                                   BOT 331. Plant Physiology (4)
                                                   MTH 241. *Calculus for Management and
                                                    Social Science (4)                            CH 130. General Chemistry of Living
Plant Protection                                                                                   Systems (4)
BOT 350. Introductory Plant Pathology (4)          ST 351. Intro to Statistical Methods (4)
                                                                                                  CSS 199. Special Studies: Issues in
CSS 311. Introduction to Insect Pest               Footnotes:                                      Sustainable Agriculture (2)
 Management (5)                                    * Baccalaureate Core Course                    CSS 375. Soil Resource Potentials (3)
CSS 440. Weed Management (4)                       ^ Writing Intensive Course                     CSS 395. *World Soil Resources (3)
Independent Studies                                                                               CSS 415. Soil Fertility Management (3)
Choose a minimum 3 credits from                    SOIL RESOURCE                                   [Taught at EOU La Grande campus only.]
 any combination of courses below:                 MANAGEMENT OPTION                              CSS 468. Soil Landscape Analysis (4)
CSS 401. Research                                  Crop and Soil Science                          FOR 365. *Issues in Natural Resource
CSS 403. Thesis                                    Departmental Core                               Conservation (3)
CSS 410. Internship                                CSS 100. Orientation/Career Planning (1)       HORT 316. M/Plant Nutrition (4)
Crop Management Electives                          CSS 200. Crop Ecology and Morphology (3)       HORT 414. M/Information Systems in
Choose at least 12 credits from the                CSS 305. Principles of Soil Science (4)         Agriculture (4)
 following courses:                                CSS 306. Problem Solving: Soil Science         RNG 241. Rangeland Ecology and
BEE 439. Irrigation Principles and Practices (4)    Applications (1)                               Management (3)
CSS 199. Special Studies: Issues in                CSS 315. ^Nutrient Management and              Soil Biology/Ecology
 Sustainable Agriculture (can be repeated           Cycling (4)[Taught at EOU La Grande           BI 311. Genetics (4)
 for credit) (1)                                    campus only.]                                 BI 314. Cellular and Molecular Biology (4)
CSS 310. Forage Production (4)                      or CSS 325. ^Agricultural and                 BI 315. ^Molecular Biology Laboratory (3)
CSS 320. Principles of Oil and Fiber Crop           Environmental Predicaments: A Case
                                                    Study Approach (3)                            BI 370. Ecology (3)
 Production (1)                                                                                   BOT 331. Plant Physiology (4)
CSS 321. Principles of Cereal Crop                 CSS 407. Seminar (1)
                                                                                                  BOT 332. Laboratory Techniques in Plant
 Production (1)                                    Soils Core                                       Biology (3)
CSS 322. Principles of Potato Production (1)       CSS 455. Biology of Soil Ecosystems (4)        BOT 341. Plant Ecology (3)
CSS 330. *World Food Crops (3)                     CSS 466. Soil Morphology and                   CH 331. Organic Chemistry (4)
CSS 363. Seed Biology (3)                           Classification (4)                             CH 332. Organic Chemistry (4)
CSS 375. Soil Resource Potentials (3)              CSS 480. Case Studies in Cropping Systems      CSS 375. Soil Resource Potentials (3)
CSS 433/CSS 533. Systematics and                    Management (4)
                                                                                                  FOR 341. Forest Ecology (3)
 Adaptation of Vegetable Crops (4)                 CSS 535. Soil Physics (3)
                                                                                                  FS 430. *Biotechnologies: Agriculture, Food,
CSS 450. Plant Breeding (4)                        CSS 536. Vadose Zone Hydrology                   and Resource Issues (3)
CSS 460. Seed Production (3)                        Laboratory (1)
                                                                                                  FS 564. Interactions of Vegetation and
HORT 316. M/Plant Nutrition (4)                    CSS 545. Geochemistry of Soil Ecosystems (4)     Atmosphere (3)
Technology                                         Independent Studies                            MB 302. General Microbiology (3)
Choose at least 1 credit from the                  Select a minimum 3 credits from any            MB 303. General Microbiology Lab (2)
 following:                                         combination of courses below:                 MB 390. *The World According to Microbes
GEO 365. Introduction to Geographic                CSS 401. Research                                (3)
 Information Systems (4)                           CSS 403. Thesis                                MB 448. Microbial Ecology (3)
                                                   CSS 410. Internship
112        Oregon State University



Soil Hydrology                                     FE 434. Forest Watershed Management (4)          CSS 415. Soil Fertility Management (3)
BEE 439. Irrigation Principles and Practices       FOR 365. *Issues in Natural Resources             [Taught at EOU La Grande campus only.]
 (4)                                                Conservation (3)                                CSS 455. Biology of Soil Ecosystems (4)
CE 412. Hydrology (4)                              FOR 391. Natural Resource                        CSS 466. Soil Morphology and
CE 413. GIS in Water Resources (3)                  Communications (3)                               Classification (4)
CSS 335. *Introduction to Water Science            FW 326. Integrated Watershed Management          CSS 468. Soil Landscape Analysis (4)
 and Policy (3)                                     (3)                                             CSS 480. Case Studies in Cropping
FE 430. Watershed Processes (4)                    GEO 322. Surface Processes (4)                    Systems Management (4)
FE 434. Forest Watershed Management (4)            PS 475. Environmental Politics and Policy (4)    CSS 535. Soil Physics (3)
GEO 365. Introduction to Geographic                RNG 355. Desert Watershed Management (3)         CSS 536. Vadose Zone Hydrology
 Information Systems (4)                           RNG 455. Riparian Ecology and                     Laboratory (1)
GEO 424. International Water Resources              Management (3)                                  CSS 545. Geochemistry of Soil Ecosystems
 Management (3)                                                                                      (4)
GEO 487. Hydrogeology (4)                          CROP SCIENCE MINOR                              Total=27
MTH 251. *Differential Calculus (4)                To earn a Crop Science minor, students
MTH 252. Integral Calculus (4)                     must complete the following courses to          CROP SCIENCE (MAg, MS, PhD)
PH 201, PH 202. *General Physics (5,5)             total 27 credits:
                                                                                                     Graduate Areas of Concentration
Spatial Analysis/Land Use                          Requirements                                      Crop breeding, genetics and cytogenetics
AREC 250. *Introduction to Environmental           CSS 200. Crop Ecology and Morphology (3)          (cereals, grasses, oilseeds); crop
 Economics and Policy (3)                          CSS 300. Intro to Crop Production (4)             physiology and biochemistry; forage
CSS 335. *Introduction to Water Science            CSS 305. Principles of Soil Science (4)           and pasture management; grain crop
 and Policy (3)                                    CSS 306. Problem Solving: Soil Science            production; new crop development;
CSS 468. Soil Landscape Analysis (4)                Applications (1)                                 post-harvest seed technology; potato
FE 434. Forest Watershed Management (4)                                                              production; seed biology; seed crop
                                                    Select a minimum of 15 credits                   physiology; seed production; weed
FOR 141. Tree and Shrub Identification (3)            from below:
FOR 365. *Issues in Natural Resources                                                                biology; weed management
                                                    CSS 199. Special Studies: Issues in
 Conservation (3)                                    Sustainable Agriculture (1)                   The Department of Crop and Soil Science
GEO 301. Map and Image Interpretation (4)           CSS 310. Forage Production (4)                 offers degrees in either crop science or
GEO 365. Introduction to Geographic                 CSS 311. Introduction to Insect Pest           soil science. Degrees include Master of
 Information Systems (4)                             Management (5)                                Agriculture, Master of Science, and Doc-
GEO 423. Land Use (3)                               CSS 320. Principles of Oil and Fiber Crop      tor of Philosophy.
GEO 432. Applied Geomorphology (3)                   Production (1)                                   Specific areas in crop science in which
PH 201, PH 202. *General Physics (5,5)              CSS 321. Principles of Cereal Crop             a student can prepare for his or her
RNG 241. Rangeland Ecology and                       Production (1)                                thesis include cereal breeding and genet-
 Management (3)                                     CSS 322. Principles of Potato Production (1)   ics, grass breeding and genetics, forage
Sustainable Systems                                 CSS 330. *World Food Crops (3)                 and pasture management, new crops,
AREC 250. * Introduction to Environmental           CSS 407. Seminar (1)                           potato production, seed production and
 Economics and Policy (3)                           CSS 415. Soil Fertility Management (3)         technology, seed crop physiology, seed
BI 301. *Human Impacts on Ecosystems (3)             [Taught at EOU La Grande campus only.]        biology, post-harvest seed technology,
BI 349. *Biodiversity: Causes,                      CSS 430. Plant Genetics (3)                    and weed science.
 Consequences, and Conservation (3)                 CSS 440. Weed Management (4)
BOT 350. Introductory Plant Pathology (4)
                                                                                                   Graduate Level
                                                    CSS 450. Plant Breeding (4)                    Courses in Crop Science
CSS 199. Special Studies: Issues in                 CSS 460. Seed Production (3)
 Sustainable Agriculture (1)                                                                       CSS 540. Weed Management (4)
                                                    CSS 480. Case Studies in Cropping              CSS 550. Plant Breeding (4)
CSS 300. Intro to Crop Production (4)                Systems Management (4)
CSS 311. Introduction to Insect Pest                                                               CSS 560. Seed Production (3)
 Management (5)                                    Total=27                                        CSS 580. Case Studies in Cropping Systems
CSS 320. Principles of Oil and Fiber Crop                                                           Management (4)
 Production (1)                                    SOIL SCIENCE MINOR                              CSS 590. Experimental Design in
CSS 321. Principles of Cereal Crop                 To earn a Soil Science minor, students           Agriculture (4)
 Production (1)                                    must complete the following courses to          CSS 598. Plant Chromosome Biology (3)
CSS 322. Principles of Potato Production (1)       total 27 credits:                               CSS 620. DNA Fingerprinting (1)
CSS 330. *World Food Crops (3)                                                                     CSS 621. Genetic Mapping (1)
                                                   Requirements                                    CSS 622. Mapping Quantitative Trait Loci (1)
CSS 415. Soil Fertility Management (3)             CSS 305. Principles of Soil Science (4)
 [Taught at EOU La Grande campus only.]                                                            CSS 650. Advanced Plant Breeding and
                                                   CSS 306. Problem Solving: Soil Science           Quantitative Genetics (3)
CSS 440. Weed Management (4)                         Applications (1)
CSS 460. Seed Production (3)                                                                       CSS 660. Herbicide Science (4)
                                                   CSS 315. ^Nutrient Management and               CSS 670. Physiology of Crop Yield (3)
CSS 499. Special Topics in Crop Science and          Cycling (4)[Taught at EOU La Grande
 Soil Science (1)                                    campus only]
GEO 300. *Environmental Conservation                 or CSS 325. ^Agricultural and                 SOIL SCIENCE (MAg, MS, PhD)
 and Sustainability (3)                              Environmental Predicaments: a Case              Graduate Areas of Concentration
HORT 260. Organic Farming and Gardening              Study Approach (3)                              Environmental soil science, forest soils,
 (3)                                               Biological science elective (4)                   nutrient cycling, soil geochemistry,
Water/Watershed Management                         Physical science elective (5)                     soil conservation and land
AREC 250. *Introduction to Environmental           Select a minimum of 9–10 credits                  use, soil fertility and plant nutrition, soil
 Economics and Policy (3)                            from below:                                     genesis and classification, soil
                                                                                                     microbiology, soil physics
AREC 351. *Natural Resource Economics               CSS 335. *Introduction to Water Science
 and Policy (3)                                       and Policy (3)                               The Department of Crop and Soil Science
BEE 439. Irrigation Principles and Practices (4)    CSS 375. Soil Resource Potentials (3)          offers degrees in either crop science or
CSS 335. *Introduction to Water Science             CSS 395. *World Soil Resources (3)             soil science. Degrees include Master of
 and Policy (3)                                     CSS 407. Seminar (1)                           Agriculture, Master of Science, and Doc-
FE 430. Watershed Processes (4)                                                                    tor of Philosophy.
                                                                                                  College of Agricultural Sciences                         113



   Areas of study in soil science are soil            CSS 200. CROP ECOLOGY AND                              CSS 321. PRINCIPLES OF CEREAL CROP
fertility and plant nutrition, soil physics,          MORPHOLOGY (3). An introduction to the                 PRODUCTION (1). An overview of the principles
                                                      concepts and principles of crop ecology and            underlying small grain production practices in
forest soils, soil chemistry, soil conserva-          morphology and a foundation for other crop             the Pacific Northwest. PREREQS: CSS 300 or
tion, soil microbiology, soil classification,          science classes. Examines the dynamics and             equivalent; CSS 305.
genesis and morphology of soils, and                  function of crop communities, and the biotic
                                                      and environmental interactions that influence           CSS 322. PRINCIPLES OF POTATO
land use. A nonthesis MS in Environ-                  productivity. Fundamentals of the developmental        PRODUCTION (1). Principles and practices
mental Soil Science degree is available.              morphology of crop seeds, seedlings, and plants.       governing all aspects of potato production, storage
Diverse soils and soil problems are avail-            Morphological features of seeds and plants in          and use. PREREQS: CSS 300 or equivalent;
                                                      relation to the identification of crop families and     CSS 305.
able for study.
                                                      species of economic importance.                        CSS 325. ^AG AND ENVIRONMENTAL
Graduate Level                                                                                               PREDICAMENTS: A CASE STUDY APPROACH
                                                      CSS 205. *SOILS: SUSTAINABLE
Courses in Soil Science                               ECOSYSTEMS (4). Soil ecosystems as a                   (3). Evaluation of controversial agricultural and
CSS 513. Properties, Processes, and                   medium for plant and crop growth, the cycling          environmental problems. Production of clear oral
 Functions of Soils (4)                               of nutrients, supply and purification of water,         and written documents describing and analyzing
                                                                                                             problems and specific courses of action utilizing
CSS 523. Principles of Stable Isotopes (3)            and a habitat for a diverse population of soil
                                                                                                             team-building skills. (Writing Intensive Course)
CSS 525. Mineral-Organic Matter                       organisms. Relationship of human activities to the
                                                      sustainability of soil ecosystems. Lec/lab. Field      PREREQS: CSS 305
 Interactions (3)
                                                      trips required. (Bacc Core Course)                     CSS 330. *WORLD FOOD CROPS (3). Origin,
CSS 535. Soil Physics (3)                                                                                    production, utilization, and improvement of
CSS 536. Vadose Zone Hydrology                        CSS 300. INTRODUCTION TO CROP
                                                      PRODUCTION (4). Principles, practices and              the world’s major food crops. The role of crop
 Laboratory (1)                                       issues relating to production, marketing and           production in global economic and social
CSS 545. Geochemistry of Soil Ecosystems (4)          improvement of horticultural and agronomic             development; food security and worldwide
                                                                                                             nutritional requirements. (Bacc Core Course)
CSS 546. Soil Geochemistry Laboratory (1)             crops. Comparison of crop production systems;
                                                                                                             PREREQS: CSS 200 recommended.
CSS 555. Biology of Soil Ecosystems (4)               geography of crop production; cropping calendars.
                                                      Lec/lab/rec. CROSSLISTED as HORT 300.                  CSS 335. *INTRODUCTION TO WATER
CSS 566. Soil Morphology and                          PREREQS: One year of general biology or                SCIENCE AND POLICY (3). Policy and science
 Classification (4)                                    equivalent.                                            of the hydrologic cycle. Emphasis on interaction
CSS 568. Soil Landscape Analysis (4)                                                                         between water’s natural time-space fluctuations
                                                      CSS 305. PRINCIPLES OF SOIL SCIENCE
CSS 635. Chemical Processes in Soil Systems (3)       (4). Origin, formation, classification, physical,       and human uses. CROSSLISTED as GEO 335.
CSS 645. Soil Microbial Ecology (3)                   chemical, and biological characteristics;              (Bacc Core Course)
                                                      ecosystem functions of soils; effects of soil          CSS 363. SEED BIOLOGY (3). Biological
CROP SCIENCE                                          management on agricultural and forest crop             aspects of seed formation and development,
                                                      production. Field trips. PREREQS: Two quarters of      germination, maturation, dormancy, and
GRADUATE MINOR                                        college chemistry or equivalent, and recommend         deterioration. Fundamentals of seed composition
For more details, see the department                  CSS 306 recitation.                                    and function. Offered alternate years. Lec/lab.
advisor.                                              CSS 306. PROBLEM SOLVING: SOIL SCIENCE                 CROSSLISTED as HORT 363. PREREQS: BI 103
   Approximately two-thirds (30 graduate              APPLICATIONS (1). Problem solving for, and             or BI 212.
credits) of the 45-credit total required for          in-depth exploration of, Principles of Soil Science    CSS 375. SOIL RESOURCE POTENTIALS (3).
a graduate degree should be listed in the             (CSS 305). Real-world problems requiring               Bridges the gap between introductory soil science
                                                      knowledge of soil physical, chemical, and              classes and advanced mapping/classification
major field and one-third (15 graduate                 biological properties. COREQS: CSS 305                 courses. Emphasis is on the application of basic
credits) in the minor field. The student’s                                                                    theoretical knowledge to understand practical, real
                                                      CSS 310. FORAGE PRODUCTION (4).
advisory committee must include a                     Importance of, and current production practices        world situations. Lec/lab. PREREQS: CSS 305
member from the minor department.                     for, forage crops. Lec/lab. PREREQS: CSS 300 or        and or equivalent.
                                                      equivalent; CSS 305.                                   CSS 381. *AGRICULTURE, POWER,
SOIL SCIENCE GRADUATE MINOR                           CSS 311. INTRODUCTION TO INSECT PEST                   DISCRIMINATION, AND SURVIVAL (3). Study
                                                                                                             and discussion of the effect of difference, power,
For more details, see the department                  MANAGEMENT (5). Recognition, biology and
                                                                                                             and discrimination from an agricultural perspective
advisor.                                              management of injurious and beneficial insects;
                                                      insects and human welfare. Concurrent laboratory       with particular emphasis on how agriculture has
   Approximately two-thirds (30 graduate              is designed to illustrate principles of insect pest    shaped both earth’s ecology and human culture
credits) of the 45-credit total required for          management in agricultural cropping systems,           by enabling an ever-increasing human population.
                                                      including medical and veterinary entomology. Lec/      (Taught at LaGrande campus only.) (Bacc Core
a graduate degree should be listed in the                                                                    Course)
                                                      lab. CROSSLISTED as ENT 311. PREREQS: One
major field and one-third (15 graduate                 year of college biology.                               CSS 395. *WORLD SOIL RESOURCES (3). The
credits) in the minor field. The student’s                                                                    properties, global distribution, and agricultural
advisory committee must include a                     CSS 315. ^NUTRIENT MANAGEMENT AND
                                                      CYCLING (4). Nutrient forms, transformations,          productivity of major world soil groups are
member from the minor department.                     and plant availability as influenced by chemical        described. Potentials for human-accelerated soil
                                                      and biological reactions in soils; soil pH             degradation are introduced for each soil group,
                                                                                                             and reasons for conflicting assessments of
COURSES                                               and management of acid and alkaline soils;
                                                                                                             degradation are discussed. (Bacc Core Course)
CSS 100. ORIENTATION/CAREER PLANNING                  characteristics and use of fertilizers, soil
                                                      amendments and organic wastes. Labs include            PREREQS: CH 121 and /or equivalent.
(1). Introduction to department, college and
university programs. Individual and group             routine soil testing procedures, computer              CSS 401. RESEARCH (1-16). This course is
counseling and baccalaureate program planning.        applications for soil fertility management, and field   repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
Exposure to career opportunities in crop and soil     trips. Lec/lab. (Writing Intensive Course) Taught
                                                      at EOU La Grande campus only. PREREQS:                 CSS 403. THESIS (1-16). Independent, original
science. PREREQS: Major and minor students                                                                   study and preparation of a senior thesis. This
only.                                                 CSS 305 and CH 122. Courses in computers are
                                                      recommended.                                           course is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
CSS 199. SPECIAL STUDIES: ISSUES IN                                                                          PREREQS: Senior standing.
SUSTAINABLE AGRICULTURE (1-16). Invited               CSS 316. NUTRIENT CYCLING IN
                                                      AGROECOSYSTEMS (4). Nutrient forms,                    CSS 405. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).
speakers present seminars on specific aspects                                                                 This course is repeatable for a maximum of 16
of agriculture relating to sustainability. Topics     transformations, and cycling. Diagnosis and
                                                      correction of nutrient deficiencies, pH and salinity.   credits.
vary from term to term and year to year. May be
repeated for credit when topics differ. This course   Impact of nutrient management practices on crop        CSS 405H. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).
is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.            production, soil health, nutrient use efficiency,       This course is repeatable for a maximum of 16
                                                      and environmental quality. Organic and inorganic       credits. PREREQS: Honors College Approval
CSS 199H. SPECIAL STUDIES: ISSUES IN                  fertilization. PREREQS: CH 121 CSS 205                 Required.
SUSTAINABLE AGRICULTURE (1-16). Invited
speakers present seminars on specific aspects          CSS 320. PRINCIPLES OF OIL AND FIBER                   CSS 407. SEMINAR (1). Senior seminar intended
of agriculture relating to sustainability. Topics     CROP PRODUCTION (1). An overview of                    to instruct students on proper techniques for
vary from term to term and year to year. May          production practices and characteristics of oil        presentation of scientific material. Each student
be repeated for credit when topics differ. This       seed, essential oil, and fiber crops. PREREQS:          is expected to prepare and present a scientific
course is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.     CSS 300 or equivalent; CSS 305.                        seminar and to submit written documentation
PREREQS: Honors College approval required.                                                                   supporting that seminar. Graded P/N. This course
                                                                                                             is repeatable for a maximum of 99 credits.
114         Oregon State University



CSS 408. WORKSHOP (1-16). Evaluation and                to understanding the soil system at landscape          CSS 530. PLANT GENETICS (3). Introduction to
judging of soils in Oregon and other states;            scales. Emphasis on field observations of soils,        the principles of plant genetics with an emphasis
directed studies of soil morphology, soil survey,       geomorphic surfaces, and environment. Field            on the structure and function of economically
soil fertility, soil physics, soil chemistry, soil      project entails design of soil survey map units,       important plant genomes. CROSSLISTED as
biology, and soil information systems. This course      field mapping and GIS cartographic techniques.          HORT 430/HORT 530. PREREQS: One year of
is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.              PREREQS: CSS 466*                                      biology and chemistry.
CSS 410. INTERNSHIP (1-6). Professional work            CSS 480. CASE STUDIES IN CROPPING                      CSS 535. SOIL PHYSICS (3). Theoretical
experience previously approved and supervised           SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT (4). Decision cases                 elements of soil physical properties and
by the department, written report required. This        involving the production of field and horticultural     processes related to agricultural, hydrological and
course is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.       crops; individual and group activities; discussion     environmental problems. Requires concurrent
PREREQS: Junior standing.                               of the decision-making process. Multiple field trips    weekly laboratory: CSS 536. PREREQS:
                                                        required. CROSSLISTED as HORT 480/HORT                 CSS 305. REC: MTH 241, CH 123, PH 201 or
CSS 415. SOIL FERTILITY MANAGEMENT                      580. PREREQS: HORT 300 or CSS 300, senior              equivalent. COREQS: CSS 536
(3). Management of plant nutrients in agronomic         standing in agriculture.
systems; diagnosis of nutrient availability                                                                    CSS 536. VADOSE ZONE HYDROLOGY
and prediction of crop response to fertilizers;         CSS 499. SPECIAL TOPICS IN CROP SCIENCE                LABORATORY (1). Experimental elements of
interactions between nutrient response and              AND SOIL SCIENCE (1-16). Technical                     soil physical properties and processes allowing
chemical, physical and biological properties of         knowledge and skills development courses offered       practical experience in the measurement and
soils. Taught at EOU La Grande campus only.             in a wide array of course formats. Topics vary from    analysis of soil physical processes related to
PREREQS: CSS 315 and Courses in statistics,             term to term and year to year. May be repeated for     agricultural, hydrological and environmental
chemistry and plant physiology.                         credit when topics differ. This course is repeatable   problems. Weekly laboratory. PREREQS: CH 123,
                                                        for a maximum of 16 credits.                           PH 201 or equivalent.
CSS 430. PLANT GENETICS (3). Introduction to
the principles of plant genetics with an emphasis       CSS 499H. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). Technical             CSS 540. WEED MANAGEMENT (4). Principles
on the structure and function of economically           knowledge and skills development courses offered       of weed control by cultural, biological, and
important plant genomes. CROSSLISTED as                 in a wide array of course formats. Topics vary from    chemical means; weed identification; introduction
HORT 430/HORT 530. PREREQS: One year of                 term to term and year to year. May be repeated         to herbicides and factors influencing their use.
biology and chemistry.                                  for credit when topics differ. PREREQS: Instructor     Lec/lab/rec. PREREQS: One year biological
                                                        approval required, Honors College approval             science and one course in organic chemistry.
CSS 431. PLANT GENETICS RECITATION                      required.
(1). Review and demonstration of plant genetics                                                                CSS 545. GEOCHEMISTRY OF SOIL
principles. CROSSLISTED as HORT 431.                    CSS 501. RESEARCH (1-16). This course is               ECOSYSTEMS (4). Structural chemistry of clay
                                                        repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                minerals and organic matter, cation and anion
CSS 438. EXPLORING WORLD AGRICULTURE                                                                           exchange, soil solution equilibria, solubility, redox
(2). Survey of crop and livestock production in a       CSS 503. THESIS (1-16). This course is                 reactions, biogeochemical weathering, acidity,
designated section of the world, including history,     repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                soil salinity, and chemical reactions affecting
culture, and political situation. Course is designed    PREREQS: Masters-level graduate students.              the transport of reactive solutes through soils.
to prepare students for a tour of study area.                                                                  Optional lab is available. PREREQS: CH 123,
CROSSLISTED as ANS 438, AREC 438, HORT                  CSS 505. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).
                                                        This course is repeatable for a maximum of 16          PH 201. CSS 305 is recommended.
438. Graded P/N. This course is repeatable for a
maximum of 8 credits.                                   credits.                                               CSS 546. SOIL GEOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY
                                                        CSS 506. PROJECTS (1-16). This course is               (1). Measurement of soil properties and
CSS 440. WEED MANAGEMENT (4). Principles                                                                       processes that influence the transport of
of weed control by cultural, biological, and            repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
                                                                                                               nutrients and organic compounds through the soil
chemical means; weed identification; introduction        CSS 507. SEMINAR (1). Graded P/N. This course          environment. PREREQS: CH 123, PH 201.
to herbicides and factors influencing their use.         is repeatable for a maximum of 99 credits.
Lec/lab/rec. PREREQS: One year biological                                                                      CSS 550. PLANT BREEDING (4). An
science and one course in organic chemistry.            CSS 508. WORKSHOP (1-16). Evaluation and               introduction to the genetic improvement of
                                                        judging of soils in Oregon and other states;           self- pollinated, cross-pollinated, and asexually
CSS 450. PLANT BREEDING (4). An                         directed studies of soil morphology, soil survey,      propagated species and the genetic principles
introduction to the genetic improvement of              soil fertility, soil physics, soil chemistry, soil     on which breeding methods are based.
self-pollinated, cross-pollinated, and asexually        biology, and soil information systems. This course     Examples are drawn from a wide range of crops,
propagated species and the genetic principles on        is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.             including cereal grains, grasses, fruits, nuts, and
which breeding methods are based. Examples are                                                                 vegetables; guest lecturers discuss their breeding
drawn from a wide range of crops, including cereal      CSS 509. PRACTICUM IN TEACHING (1-3).
                                                        Developing skills and competence in teaching soil      programs. Additional topics include crop evolution,
grains, grasses, fruits, nuts, and vegetables;                                                                 germplasm preservation, disease resistance, and
guest lecturers discuss their breeding programs.        science under staff supervision; organization and
                                                        presentation of instructional material by assisting    biotechnology. Lec/lab. CROSSLISTED as HORT
Additional topics include crop evaluation,                                                                     450/HORT 550. PREREQS: BI 311 or CSS 430/
germplasm preservation, disease resistance, and         in laboratory, recitation, and lectures. This course
                                                        is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.             CSS 530.
biotechnology. Lec/lab. CROSSLISTED as HORT
450/HORT 550. PREREQS: BI 311 or CSS 430/               CSS 513. PROPERTIES, PROCESSES,                        CSS 555. BIOLOGY OF SOIL ECOSYSTEMS
CSS 530.                                                AND FUNCTIONS OF SOILS (4). Physical,                  (4). A detailed study of the organisms that live in
                                                        chemical, biological, and landscape properties;        the soil and their activities in the soil ecosystems,
CSS 455. BIOLOGY OF SOIL ECOSYSTEMS                                                                            soil as a habitat for organisms, taxonomy and
(4). A detailed study of the organisms that live in     processes of fluid retention and movement,
                                                        weathering and cation exchange, decomposition          biology of soil organisms, fundamentals of nutrient
the soil and their activities in the soil ecosystems,                                                          cycles special topics in soil biology, review
soil as a habitat for organisms, taxonomy and           and C-N dynamics, erosion and sedimentation;
                                                        functions of hyrologic regulation, nutrient cycling,   basis of soil microbial and ecological principles.
biology of soil organisms, fundamentals of nutrient                                                            PREREQS: CSS 305. Courses in chemistry,
cycles special topics in soil biology, review           environmental protection, ecological habitat.
                                                        PREREQS: CH 223 or equivalent.                         physics, and microbiology are recommended.
basis of soil microbial and ecological principles.
PREREQS: CSS 305. Courses in chemistry,                 CSS 515. SOIL FERTILITY MANAGEMENT                     CSS 560. SEED PRODUCTION (3). An
physics, and microbiology are recommended.              (3). Management of plant nutrients in agronomic        introduction to principles and practices of seed-
                                                        systems; diagnosis of nutrient availability            based genetic delivery systems. Fundamentals
CSS 460. SEED PRODUCTION (3). An                                                                               of seed crop biology, cultivar maintenance and
introduction to principles and practices of seed-       and prediction of crop response to fertilizers;
                                                        interactions between nutrient response and             production methods are stressed. Concepts are
based genetic delivery systems. Fundamentals                                                                   illustrated using Pacific Northwest seed crops.
of seed crop biology, cultivar maintenance and          chemical, physical and biological properties of
                                                        soils. PREREQS: CSS 315, courses in statistics,        PREREQS: CSS 200 or equivalent.
production methods are stressed. Concepts are
illustrated using Pacific Northwest seed crops.          chemistry and plant physiology.                        CSS 566. SOIL MORPHOLOGY AND
PREREQS: CSS 200 or equivalent.                         CSS 523. PRINCIPLES OF STABLE ISOTOPES                 CLASSIFICATION (4). Observation and
                                                        (3). An introduction to the theory and use of          description of soil properties in the field; writing
CSS 466. SOIL MORPHOLOGY AND                                                                                   soil profile descriptions; evaluating criteria that
CLASSIFICATION (4). Observation and                     stable isotopes. Applications of stable isotopes
                                                        to soil science, plant physiology, hydrology, and      define features used to classify soils; using soil
description of soil properties in the field; writing                                                            classification keys. Lec/lab.
soil profile descriptions; evaluating criteria that      ecosystem studies.
define features used to classify soils; using soil       CSS 525. MINERAL-ORGANIC MATTER                        CSS 568. SOIL LANDSCAPE ANALYSIS
classification keys. Lec/lab. PREREQS: CSS 305           INTERACTIONS (3). Studies the fundamental              (4). Principles of soil geomorphology, soil
                                                        properties of the mineral-organic interface and the    stratigraphy, and surficial processes as applied
CSS 468. SOIL LANDSCAPE ANALYSIS                                                                               to understanding the soil system at landscape
(4). Principles of soil geomorphology, soil             mechanisms of interaction between mineral and
                                                        organic soil properties. PREREQS: CSS 305 or           scales. Emphasis on field observations of soils,
stratigraphy, and surficial processes as applied                                                                geomorphic surfaces, and environment. Field
                                                        equivalent.
                                                                                                      College of Agricultural Sciences                  115



project entails design of soil survey map units,         composition, diversity, and activity of soil microbial   Graduate Minor
field mapping and GIS cartographic techniques.            communities, linkage of microbial community
PREREQS: CSS 566*                                        structure to ecosystem functions, and applications       Toxicology
                                                         of molecular biology to soil microbiology. Taught
CSS 580. CASE STUDIES IN CROPPING                        even years in fall. PREREQS: Recommend
SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT (4). Decision cases                   CSS 445 and MB 448.                                      The Department of Environmental and
involving the production of field and horticultural                                                                Molecular Toxicology offers courses lead-
crops; individual and group activities; discussion       CSS 650. ADVANCED PLANT BREEDING AND
of the decision-making process. Multiple field trips      QUANTITATIVE GENETICS (3). Pedigree, bulk,               ing to MS and PhD degrees in toxicology.
required. CROSSLISTED as HORT 480/HORT                   single-seed-descent, doubled haploid, backcross,            Training in toxicology prepares
580. PREREQS: HORT 300 or CSS 300, senior                testcross, mass, and half-sib, S~1~, and S~2~            students for careers in toxicology in
standing in agriculture.                                 family breeding methods; breeding hybrids
                                                         and selecting sources of alleles for developing
                                                                                                                  industry, government, and academic
CSS 590. EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN IN                          superior hybrids; the nature and consequences of         institutions. Biochemical, chemical,
AGRICULTURE (4). Field layout, analysis, and
interpretation of basic experimental designs used
                                                         genotype by environment interactions; marker-            and molecular research approaches are
                                                         assisted backcross and inbred line breeding;             emphasized, focusing on the following
in agronomy and plant breeding and including             quantitative trait locus mapping; random linear
field plot techniques such as optimum plot size           models; designing and analyzing cultivar, line, and      areas: analytical and exposure assess-
and shape, factorial arrangement, replication,           family selection experiments. Offered alternate          ment, aquatic, biochemical, compara-
sub-sampling, randomization, and blocking.
Recitation provides practical experience with SAS.
                                                         years. PREREQS: GEN 311 or CSS 430/CSS                   tive, environmental, food, immuno- and
                                                         530, CSS 450/CSS 550, ST 411/ST 511, ST 412/             neurotoxicology.
PREREQS: ST 351 or equivalent.                           ST 512, and ST 413/ST 513.
CSS 598. PLANT CHROMOSOME BIOLOGY
                                                                                                                     Research is promoted by the faculty’s
                                                         CSS 660. HERBICIDE SCIENCE (4). Absorption,              close ties to the National Institute of
(3). Exploration of the relationship between             movement, and mechanism of action of herbicides
chromosome number, structure, and behavior to            in plants; behavior of herbicides in soil. Offered       Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS),
gene inheritance, organization, and expression.          alternate years. PREREQS: CSS 440/CSS 540,               which supports the Environmental
Discussion of chromosome manipulation
strategies for genomics research, genetic
                                                         BOT 331.                                                 Health Sciences Center and Marine/
analysis, and plant breeding. PREREQS: 6 credits         CSS 670. PHYSIOLOGY OF CROP YIELD                        Freshwater Biomedical Sciences Center at
of genetics or equivalent.                               (3). Concepts of crop growth and production              OSU. The centers contribute additional
                                                         in relation to environmental and physiological           research and training opportunities for
CSS 599. SPECIAL TOPICS IN CROP SCIENCE                  factors and their interactions; current literature.
AND SOIL SCIENCE (1-16). Technical                       Offered alternate years. PREREQS: BOT 331 or             students. Opportunities in the area of
knowledge and skills development courses offered         equivalent.                                              neurotoxicology are provided by scien-
in a wide array of course formats. Topics vary from
term to term and year to year. May be repeated for       CSS 699. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). This course              tists of The Center for Occupational and
credit when topics differ. This course is repeatable     is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.               Environmental Toxicology (CROET) at
for a maximum of 16 credits.                                                                                      Oregon Health and Sciences University.
CSS 601. RESEARCH (1-16). This course is                  ENVIRONMENTAL AND                                          Financial support is available to most
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                                                                           students in the program through gradu-
                                                          MOLECULAR TOXICOLOGY
CSS 603. THESIS (1-16). This course is                                                                            ate research assistantships or from an
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                                                                           NIEHS environmental health predoctoral
PREREQS: PhD-level graduate students.                    Craig B. Marcus, Head
                                                         1007 Agricultural and Life Sciences                      training program. Completing the ap-
CSS 605. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).                                                                           plication by the end of January assures
This course is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.   Oregon State University
                                                         Corvallis, OR 97331-7301                                 full consideration for funding for fall of
CSS 606. PROJECTS (1-16). This course is                                                                          that year.
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                  541-737-1808
                                                         Web site: http://emt.oregonstate.edu                        Students who wish to enter the pro-
CSS 607. SEMINAR (1). Graded P/N. This course                                                                     gram should have a BS degree (or equiva-
is repeatable for a maximum of 99 credits.                                                                        lent) in a science related field and are
                                                         FACULTY
CSS 608. WORKSHOP (1-16). This course is
                                                         Professors Baird, Dashwood, Field,                       expected to select an MS or PhD curricu-
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                                                                           lum related to their own area of special-
                                                         Hays, Jenkins, Jepson, Kerkvliet, Miller,
CSS 620. DNA FINGERPRINTING (1).
                                                         Williams                                                 ization. Students will take a core set of
Principles and methods for producing and                                                                          courses and will attend and participate in
analyzing DNA fingerprints. Offered alternate             Associate Professors
years. CROSSLISTED as GEN 620, MCB 620.                  Anderson, Buermeyer, Simonich,                           the toxicology seminar class. Courses in
PREREQS: BI 311 or CSS 430/CSS 530 or                    Sudakin, Tanguay                                         toxicology also may be taken by students
equivalent.                                                                                                       in engineering or the basic sciences.
                                                         Assistant Professors Bennett, Harper,
CSS 621. GENETIC MAPPING (1). Principles                 Kolluri, Stone
and methods for constructing genetic maps
                                                         Senior Research Assistants                               PhD PRELIMINARY
comprised of molecular and other genetic                                                                          EXAM GUIDELINES
markers. Offered alternate years. CROSSLISTED            Hoffman, Johnson, Siddens
as GEN 621, MCB 621. PREREQS: BI 311 or                                                                           Objective
CSS 430/CSS 530 or equivalent.                           ADJUNCT/COURTESY/AFFILIATE                               The overall objective of the preliminary
CSS 622. MAPPING QUANTITATIVE TRAIT                      FACULTY                                                  examination for advancement to PhD can-
LOCI (1). Principles and methods for mapping             Allen, Fairbrother, Gold, Ho, Iversen,                   didacy should assess whether a graduate
genes underlying phenotypically complex traits.
Offered alternate years. CROSSLISTED as GEN              Kisby, Koop, Lein, Proteau, Simon,                       student has the capacity and promise to:
622, MCB 622. PREREQS: CSS 590 or ST 513                 Stubblefield, Turker                                      1. understand the basic science of
or equivalent.                                                                                                        environmental and molecular
CSS 635. CHEMICAL PROCESSES IN SOIL                                                                                   toxicology;
                                                         Undergraduate Minor
SYSTEMS (3). Application of equilibrium                                                                           2. be a creative and critical thinker;
thermodynamics and chemical kinetics                     Toxicology                                               3. understand the scientific literature;
to reactions in soil systems; solubilities,
complexation, cation exchange equilibria, surface                                                                 4. conduct original and independent
                                                         Graduate Major                                               research; and
chemistry, chemical modeling, and chemical
transport as applied to weathering, genesis,             Toxicology (MS, PhD)                                     5. communicate the ideas and results of
nutrient availability, and the nature of soil acidity.                                                                experiments.
Offered alternate years. PREREQS: CSS 445;                  Graduate Areas of Concentration
CH 442 or equivalent.                                       Environmental Chemistry and                           Thus, the ideal examination format
                                                             Ecotoxicology                                        would select from these characteristics
CSS 645. SOIL MICROBIAL ECOLOGY (3).
An advanced treatment of current topics in soil             Mechanistic Toxicology                                and prepare the student for the selective
microbiology, with an emphasis on the ecology               Molecular and Cellular Toxicology                     pressures that will be encountered upon
of soil microorganisms. Topics include the size,            Neurotoxicology                                       completing the Environmental and Mo-
116      Oregon State University



lecular Toxicology PhD degree program.              the hypothesis, including a                  the project. Describe the protocols
In order to maintain high standards and             minimum of two specific aims,                 to be used and the tentative
produce quality graduate students, the              and a statement of the rationale             sequence of investigation.
examination must be rigorous and chal-              (justification) for the proposed              Include the means by which
lenging. In addition, the exam format               approach. (2–6 sentences)                    the data will be analyzed and
should set specific limits on the amount          d. Statement of the significance of              interpreted. Discuss the potential
of time that the student dedicates to this          the proposed research.                       difficulties and limitations of the
process.                                            (1–2 sentences)                              proposed research and alternative
                                                                                                 approaches to achieve the
EXAM FORMAT                                   2. The student’s graduate committee                aims. Point out any procedures,
The preliminary examination format               reviews both outlines and approves              situations, or materials that may
outlined below consists of both oral             one topic to be developed into                  be hazardous to personnel and the
and written elements. This examina-              a written proposal. The research                precautions to be exercised. Limit
tion must be completed no later than             topic is chosen based on originality,           to seven pages.
the end of the 8th academic term (not            quality, potential significance,
                                                 and likelihood of expanding the              d. Literature Cited. Do not
including summer terms) after entering                                                           scatter literature citations
the program. In most cases, the student          student’s education and training.
                                                 Approval of the topic would occur               throughout the text. List them at
would schedule the exam in the fall term                                                         the end of the proposal. All papers
of the third year of residence, although         within one week after the outlines
                                                 are submitted. During this period               cited in the text must be listed in
students may take the exam earlier,                                                              the reference list and vice versa.
after completing at least one year in            the outlines would be returned
                                                 to the student, and the student                 The list of literature citations at
the program. The examination consists                                                            the end of the proposal do not
of a written and oral presentation of a          would receive feedback from the
                                                 committee concerning the quality                count toward the ten-page limit.
research proposal that cannot be closely
related to the student’s thesis project. As      and design of the outlined projects.         e. Appendix. Students may
outlined, the student’s ability to develop,      Major strengths and weaknesses in               include additional figures in an
research, and defend original scientific          the experimental design or rationale            appendix, limited to five pages.
ideas would be evaluated. The student is         would be identified.                             The appendix may not be used to
expected to demonstrate a capacity for        3. Student develops a written research             circumvent the page limits of the
critical thinking and a command of the           proposal using the format and                   proposal.
specific field of focus. In addition, the          topic guidelines of application           4. The oral exam should be scheduled
student’s general knowledge of environ-          for the EPA, NIH, NSF, or other                within two weeks of completion of
mental and molecular toxicology would            appropriate granting agency. The               the written proposal. This deadline
be evaluated.                                    written proposal must be completed             can be extended with the approval of
                                                 and returned to the committee                  the student’s graduate committee.
PROCEDURAL OUTLINE                               within four weeks after the topic         5. During the exam the student would
Research Proposal (written/oral)                 was approved. The scope of the                 present the research plan and
1. Student submits outline descriptions          project will be equivalent to that             defend the experimental approach.
   (required elements listed below)              of a “pilot project” proposal and              Presentation would involve a seminar
   of two potential research projects.           if conducted would be expected                 format with slides/overheads and
   The subject of each project must              to take approximately one year of              would be expected to last no longer
   be chosen by the student based on             research time. The proposal is limited         than thirty minutes. Following the
   their knowledge and review of the             in length to ten pages of double-              presentation, the student would
   literature, and must describe original,       spaced text (12 point font with 0.5            be judged on the soundness of the
   hypothesis-driven research. The               inch margins), and must include the            hypothesis, their understanding of
   proposed projects cannot have been            following elements:                            the subject matter, their ability to
   defined previously in published or             a. Specific Aims. State concisely               defend the proposed experimental
   unpublished form (i.e. manuscript,                and realistically what the research        design, and their general knowledge
   abstract, database of funded projects,            described in this application is           of the field of environmental and
   submitted grant application, etc.), or            intended to accomplish and what            molecular toxicology. The exam is
   cannot be known to be in progress.                hypothesis is to be tested. Do not         expected to last approximately two
   Proposed research also must not be                exceed one page.                           hours, and is limited in length to
   closely related to the thesis research        b. Background and                              three hours.
   of the student. “Closely related”                Significance. Briefly describe           Examination Committee
   is defined as any research that                   the background to the present          The examination committee is the
   conceivably could be part of the                 proposal, critically evaluating the    graduate student’s doctoral committee.
   student’s thesis or that conceivably             existing literature and specifically    The doctoral committee consists of a
   might be initiated by the student’s              identifying gaps, which the            minimum of five members of the gradu-
   major professor.                                 project is intended to fill. State      ate faculty, including at least two mem-
   Project outlines (limited to 1                   concisely the importance of            bers from the major department and a
   page each) must include:                         the research described in this         representative of the Graduate Council.
   a. Description of an unresolved                  application, and relate the specific    If a minor is declared, the committee
       question relevant to the field of             aims to the long-term objectives.      must include a member from the minor
       environmental and molecular                  Limit to two pages.                    department. All committee members
       toxicology. (1–3 sentences)               c. Research Design and                    must be on the graduate faculty with
   b. Statement of specific hypothesis to            Methods. Discuss in detail             appropriate authorization to serve on the
      be tested. (1–2 sentences)                    the experimental design and            student’s committee. The major profes-
                                                    procedures to be used to               sor would serve as the chairperson of
   c. Description of an experimental
                                                    accomplish the specific aims of         the committee to oversee the exam. The
      approach designed to test
                                                                                         College of Agricultural Sciences                               117



decision concerning whether the student      The Department of Environmental and                      TOX 430. CHEMICAL BEHAVIOR IN THE
merits advancement to PhD candidacy          Molecular Toxicology provides students                   ENVIRONMENT (3). Applications of chemical
                                                                                                      concepts in the definition and solution of
would be the responsibility of the exami-    with a fundamental knowledge of toxi-                    pollution problems; analytical considerations,
nation committee.                            cology that prepares them for responsible                thermodynamic factors influencing movement of
                                             positions in research and development,                   chemicals, physical and metabolic transformations
Evaluation                                                                                            occurring in the environment. PREREQS: CH 331
The basic question for the committee is      academia, government, professional                       or CH 123 and Senior standing.
whether or not they believe the stu-         services, or research foundations.
                                                The graduate faculty includes scien-                  TOX 455. ECOTOXICOLOGY: AQUATIC
dent is adequately prepared to conduct                                                                ECOSYSTEMS (3). Focuses on transport, fate,
doctoral level research and has a good       tists with special interest in application               and effects of toxic substances in freshwater
chance of successfully completing such       of chemistry, biochemistry, molecular                    ecosystems. There is special emphasis on
                                             biology, pharmacology, pathology, neu-                   impacts on fish. PREREQS: CH 331
research. Following a discussion of the
student’s performance on the examina-        roscience, immunology and ecology to                     TOX 490. ENVIRONMENTAL FORENSIC
                                             problems in toxicology. The concentra-                   CHEMISTRY (3). Principles of Good Laboratory
tion, each committee member is then                                                                   Practice Standards, methodology, utility and
asked to vote on the basic question. It      tion in neurotoxicology is an interinsti-                limitations of chemical forensic methods as
is appropriate for secret ballots to be      tutional alliance with Oregon Health and                 applied to real investigations. PREREQS: One
used, and secret ballots must be used if     Science University (OHSU). Students will                 year of college chemistry and one term of organic
                                             be affiliated with and advised by associ-                 chemistry.
requested by any committee member.
   If there is one negative vote on this     ated faculty.                                            TOX 499. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). This course
                                                For the MS and PhD degrees, students                  is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
question, the student will have passed. If
there are two or more negative votes on      are required to take a core curriculum                   TOX 501. RESEARCH (1-16). This course is
                                             plus elective courses connected with                     repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
this question, the student has not passed.
   If the committee decision is that the     their particular area of specialization.                 TOX 503. THESIS (1-16). This course is
                                             In addition to completing appropriate                    repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
student has not passed the examina-
tion, the committee must then decide         course work, students will undertake a                   TOX 505. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).
                                             thesis research project related to some                  This course is repeatable for a maximum of 16
whether or not to allow the student to                                                                credits.
take a re-examination. If the major-         aspect of toxicology. Participation in the
                                             seminar program (a one-hour per week                     TOX 507. SEMINAR (1-16). This course is
ity of the committee votes in favor of a                                                              repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
re-examination, the recommendation           seminar) is mandatory.
                                                Minimal prerequisites for admis-                      TOX 511. FUNDAMENTALS OF TOXICOLOGY
for re-examination should be recorded.                                                                (3). Introduction to the discipline of toxicology.
In addition, the committee must set a        sion include one year each of biology,                   Examination of the basic concepts that define how
time interval that must elapse before        organic chemistry, physics, and statistics.              chemicals are absorbed, distributed, metabolized,
the re-examination is permitted. If the      Students who do not meet all of these                    and eliminated by the body. Overview of
                                             requirements may be admitted if their ac-                associated dose/response relations. Must be
majority of the committee votes against                                                               taken in order. PREREQS: BB 550* or BB 590*
a re-examination, the recommendation         ademic record is otherwise outstanding.
                                                                                                      TOX 512. TARGET ORGAN TOXICOLOGY (3).
to terminate the student’s work toward                                                                Examination of toxicological effects of chemicals
this degree should be recorded.              TOXICOLOGY GRADUATE MINOR                                at organ level. Normal physiology of the organ
                                             For more details, see the departmental                   system is received. PREREQS: TOX 511
TOXICOLOGY MINOR                             advisor.                                                 TOX 513. ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY AND
The Toxicology minor provides basic and                                                               RISK ASSESSMENT (3). Procedures for defining
applied science majors sufficient back-       COURSES                                                  exposure and the use of toxicological data in
                                             TOX 360. THE WORLD OF POISONS (3).                       defining risk assessment. Recent application of
ground for technical work in toxicology.     Provides a basic understanding of how we are             mechanistic concepts are reviewed. PREREQS:
Required                                     exposed and respond to chemicals, examples of            TOX 511
                                             human diseases associated with toxic insult, the
BB 450. General Biochemistry (4)             role of technology and the interface of society and      TOX 514. MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR
  or BB 490. Biochemistry (3)                toxicology in risk perception and legislation. (Bacc     TOXICOLOGY (3). Mechanisms of toxicant-
CH 334. Organic Chemistry (3)                Core Course) PREREQS: One 3-credit course in             induced cell proliferation, differentiation, or death.
                                             chemistry or one 3-credit course in biology.             Emphasis is on metabolism, cell cycle regulation,
ST 351. Intro to Statistical Methods (4)                                                              mutagenesis, and initiation of cancer. PREREQS:
TOX 411. Fundamentals of Toxicology (3)      TOX 401. RESEARCH (1-16). This course is                 BB 590 and BB 591 and BB 592 and TOX 511
 Select five courses from the                 repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
                                                                                                      TOX 529. TOXIC SUBSTANCES IN FOOD (3).
   following or two courses plus             TOX 405. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).                  Toxicology and epidemiology of human exposures
   undergraduate research:                   This course is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.   to pesticides and food toxicants. PREREQS:
 BI 314. Cell and Molecular Biology (4)                                                               BB 350 or BB 450 or BB 490.
                                             TOX 411. FUNDAMENTALS OF TOXICOLOGY
 TOX 401. Research (9)                       (3). Introduction to the discipline of toxicology.       TOX 530. CHEMICAL BEHAVIOR IN THE
 TOX 413. Environmental Toxicology and       Examination of the basic concepts that define how         ENVIRONMENT (3). Applications of chemical
                                             chemicals are absorbed, distributed, metabolized,        concepts in the definition and solution of
   Risk Assessment (3)                       and eliminated by the body. Overview of                  pollution problems; analytical considerations,
 TOX 429. Toxic Substances in Food (3)       associated dose/response relations. PREREQS:             thermodynamic factors influencing movement of
 TOX 430. Chemical Behavior in the           BB 350* or BB 450* or BB 490*                            chemicals, physical and metabolic transformations
   Environment (3)                                                                                    occurring in the environment. PREREQS: CH 106,
                                             TOX 413. ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY AND
                                                                                                      CH 331, graduate standing.
 TOX 455. Ecotoxicology: Aquatic             RISK ASSESSMENT (3). Procedures for defining
   Ecosystems (3)                            exposure and the use of toxicological data in            TOX 554. GENOME ORGANIZATION,
 TOX 490. Environmental Forensic             defining risk assessment. Recent application of           STRUCTURE, AND MAINTENANCE (4). How
                                             mechanistic concepts are reviewed. PREREQS:              diverse organisms store their individual sets
   Chemistry (3)                             TOX 411                                                  of genetic information (genomes). Evolution of
Total=28                                     TOX 429. TOXIC SUBSTANCES IN FOOD (3).
                                                                                                      genomes and gene families. Structures of DNA
                                                                                                      and chromosomes. Biochemical and regulatory
                                             Toxicology and epidemiology of human exposures
                                                                                                      pathways that protect cellular genomes against
TOXICOLOGY (MAg, MS, PhD)                    to pesticides and food toxicants. PREREQS:
                                                                                                      environmental and endogenous damage and
                                             BB 350 or BB 450 or BB 490.
  Graduate Areas of Concentration                                                                     ensure transmission of faithful copies to progeny.
                                             TOX 429H. TOXIC SUBSTANCES IN FOOD (3).                  Remodeling of genomes by recombination and
  Environmental chemistry and                Toxicology and epidemiology of human exposures           transposition. CROSSLISTED as GEN 554
  ecotoxicology, mechanistic toxicology,     to pesticides and food toxicants. PREREQS:               and MCB 554. PREREQS: BI 311 (genetics or
  molecular and cellular toxicology,         BB 350* or BB 450* or BB 490* and Honors                 equivalent), BB 450, BB 451, BB 452 or BB 490,
  neurotoxicology                            College approval required.                               BB 491, BB 492 (biochemistry) or equivalent.
118         Oregon State University



TOX 555. ECOTOXICOLOGY: AQUATIC                          ENTOMOLOGY                                   Parasites and Diseases
ECOSYSTEMS (3). Focuses on transport, fate,                                                           Physiology and Ecology of Marine and
and effects of toxic substances in freshwater
ecosystems. There is special emphasis on                 See College of Science                         Freshwater Fishes
impacts on fish. PREREQS: CH 331.                                                                      Stream Ecology
TOX 575. ADVANCED XENOBIOTIC                             FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE                       Toxicology
METABOLISM (3). Familiarizes students with                                                            Water Pollution Biology
basic principles of drug/xenobiotic metabolism.
Concepts addressed include: how foreign
                                                         W. Daniel Edge, Head                       Wildlife Science (MS, PhD)
chemicals or xenobiotics are absorbed,                   104 Nash Hall
                                                                                                      Graduate Areas of Concentration
distributed, and metabolized; induction and              Oregon State University                      Animal-Habitat Relationships
inhibition of metabolism; effect of age, species,        Corvallis, OR 97331-3803
hormones, and disease on metabolism; genetic                                                          Behavior
polymorphisms; effect of diet and environment;           541-737-4531
                                                                                                      Biology of Big Game and Small Mammals
experimental techniques in xenobiotic metabolism;        E-mail: daniel.edge@oregonstate.edu
and regulatory issues (FDA and EPA). This                Web site: http://fw.oregonstate.edu/         Conservation Biology
course is repeatable for a maximum of 3 credits.                                                      Community Studies
PREREQS: Graduate or professional pharmacy                                                            Ecology of Avian and Mammalian
student standing.
                                                         FACULTY
                                                         Professors Boehlert, Edge, Gregory,            Predators
TOX 590. ENVIRONMENTAL FORENSIC                                                                       Ecology of Waterfowl and Upland
CHEMISTRY (3). Principles of Good Laboratory
                                                         Kennedy, Herlihy, Hughes, Langdon,
                                                         Markle, Mate, Noakes, Rossignol,               Gamebirds
Practice Standards, methodology, utility and
limitations of chemical forensic methods as              Sampson                                      Effects of Parasites, Diseases, and
applied to real investigations. PREREQS: One                                                            Environmental Contaminants
                                                         Associate Professors Baker, Banks,
year of college chemistry and one term of organic
                                                         Bartholomew, Burris, B. Dugger, Ford,        Nutrition
chemistry.                                                                                            Population
                                                         Giannico, S. Heppell, J. Li, Robinson
TOX 599. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). This course                                                           Population Dynamics
is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.               Assistant Professors Bowman,
                                                         Debano, K. Dugger, Epps, Garcia, S.          Reproductive Biology
TOX 601. RESEARCH (1-16). This course is                                                              Toxicology of Pesticides
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                  Heppell, Horning, Miller, Rosenberg,
                                                         Theberge, Wooster                            Wildlife Ecology
TOX 603. THESIS (1-16). This course is
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                  Senior Instructors Hanschumaker              Wildlife-Forestry Interactions
                                                         Instructors Allen, Duplaix, Goggans,         Wildlife Science
TOX 605. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).
This course is repeatable for a maximum of 16            Moore, Snyder
                                                                                                    Graduate Minors
credits.
                                                         COURTESY FACULTY                           Fisheries Science
TOX 607. SEMINAR (1-16). This course is                                                             Wildlife Science
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                  Professors Anthony, Haig, Kauffman,
TOX 611. TESTING FOR GENOTOXICITY (4).
                                                         Lackey, H. Li, Power, Roby, Schreck
A lab-based course geared toward toxicology,             Associate Professors Kaufmann,             Fisheries and Wildlife (FW) prepares
biochemistry, biology, food science, nutrition,          Landers, Larson, Stein, Thompson           students for professional careers in fisher-
and pharmacy students. Introduces principles             Assistant Professors Brodeur,              ies and wildlife as research scientists,
and methods of several key assays used to
screen for DNA damage and mutation. These
                                                         Burnett, Camarra, Chapman, Davidson,       biologists, managers, educators, and
tests will include the following: (i) Salmonella         Dumbauld, Dunham, Ebersole,                administrators. Oregon State University
mutagenicity assay (‘Ames test’), (ii) single cell gel   Fitzpatrick, Forsman, Gervais, Hurst,      is strategically located for the study of
electrophoresis (‘comet’) assay, (iii) micronucleus      Jackson, Johnson, Landys, McIntosh,        fisheries and wildlife being within easy
assay, and (iv) PCR-based single strand
conformation polymorphism (SSCP) screening               Orme-Zavaleta, Reeves, Rogers, Ryer        reach of diverse ecosystems including
for oncogene/tumor suppressor gene mutation in           Instructors Boyer, Martin, Mortenson       the Pacific Ocean and coastal estuaries,
cancers. This short-duration, intensive lab/lecture                                                 many small and large rivers, lowland
class runs Mon-Fri, two weeks prior to the start         ADJUNCT FACULTY                            valleys, several mountain ranges and the
of fall term. Each day includes laboratory work
starting at 8 a.m., and a 2-hour lecture covering        Professors Kent (Microbiology),            high desert. Courses include traditional
basic principles of the assays, as well as technical     Larson (Forest Resources), Smith           classroom experiences enriched by field
details of the experiment for the day. PREREQS:          (Anthropology), Sylvia (Agricultural and   trips to nearby state fish hatcheries,
TOX 514 and BB 400 series, prior course work on          Resource Economics), Webster (OSU
DNA repair and mutagenesis, and/or instructor
                                                                                                    national forests, national wildlife refuges,
approval.                                                Library)                                   and Hatfield Marine Science Center on
                                                         Assistant Professors Betts (Forest         the coast in Newport. In addition to our
TOX 656. DNA REPAIR AND MUTAGENESIS (3).
Biochemical pathways by which cells maintain             Ecosystems and Society), Suryan (Hatfield   full time faculty, FW students benefit
genomic stability by avoiding DNA mutation and           Marine Science Center)                     from courses and mentoring provided by
breakage, including repair of DNA damage, DNA                                                       scientists with the Cooperative Fish and
replication fidelity and replication error-correction
processes, and bypass replication of damaged             Undergraduate Major                        Wildlife Research Unit of the National
DNA. CROSSLISTED as BB 656. PREREQS:                                                                Biological Service, Oregon Department
MCB 554 and MCB 555 and BB 492 or equivalent.            Fisheries and Wildlife Science (BS)        of Fish and Wildlife and several federal
                                                         See specializations section.               research centers.
TOX 675. HUMAN CARCINOGENESIS (3).
Familiarizes students with the basic principles
                                                         Minor                                         The undergraduate curriculum is de-
of molecular carcinogenesis with an emphasis                                                        signed to develop a solid background in
on the current molecular understanding of                Fisheries and Wildlife                     biology and ecology for our students as
cancer development in humans, and how such
understanding influences diagnosis, treatment,            Graduate Majors
                                                                                                    the basis for careers in resource science,
and prevention strategies. PREREQS: TOX                                                             conservation and management. How-
514 and (MCB 555 or GEN 555) or BB 592 and               Fisheries Science (MS, PhD)                ever, FW is not simply a biological
Graduate or professional pharmacy standing.
                                                           Graduate Areas of Concentration          discipline. Professionals must weigh
TOX 699. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). This course                Aquaculture                              social considerations when formulating
is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
                                                           Conservation Biology                     conservation and management strategies
TOX 808. WORKSHOP (1-16). This course is                                                            and policies. Consequently, biological,
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                    Fish Genetics
                                                           Ichthyology                              social, economic, and political courses
Other Degrees & Programs within the College of                                                      are integrated within the curriculum.
Agricultural Sciences                                      Limnology
                                                                                   College of Agricultural Sciences                  119



The undergraduate curriculum is com-           izations that include “marine” in the        FW 255. Field Sampling of Fish and Wildlife
posed of core courses and a Specializa-        title should include a term of full-time      (3)
tion. The core represents the educational      enrollment (at least 12 credits) at Hat-     FW 320. Introductory Population Dynamics
foundation for fish and wildlife conser-        field Marine Science Center or another         (4)
vation, while the Specialization provides      approved marine field station. Special-       FW 321. Fisheries and Wildlife Resource
                                                                                             Ecology (3)
each student with an opportunity to            izations may include typical on-campus
                                                                                            FW 322. Investigations in Population
build a curriculum to meet specific goals.      courses, special field courses, a full term    Dynamics (2)
Students planning to transfer to FW            of course work at the Hatfield Marine Sci-
                                                                                             Select one of the following (3):
should focus on courses in general biol-       ence Center in Newport, Oregon, or one
ogy, general chemistry, physical science,      or more terms of international exchange.      FW 311. Biology of Birds (3)
and mathematics during their freshman          Combined with required internships and        FW 315. Biology of Fishes (3)
and sophomore years.                           a capstone course sequence and group          FW 317. Biology of Mammals (3)
                                               project, fisheries and wildlife science        Z 473. Biology of Amphibians and Reptiles (3)
GRADUATE PROGRAM                               graduates will be well-prepared to begin      Select one of the following (2):
Graduate programs leading to the MS or         professional careers in fish and wild-         FW 312. Systematics of Birds (2)
PhD permit intensive study in special          life conservation, or to continue their       FW 316. Systematics of Fishes (2)
areas of interest under the guidance of        education in graduate school. For those       FW 318. Systematics of Mammals (2)
nationally known scientists. Advanced          students unsure of their professional         Z 474. Systematic Herpetology (2)
study in fisheries science may be pursued       goals or seeking diversity in course work,   Select one additional course from
in water pollution biology, stream ecol-       a broad Specialization may be declared.      the preceding two lists (2–3)
ogy, aquaculture, ecology of marine and                                                      Select one of the following (system/
freshwater fishes, taxonomy and system-         FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE                          application courses):
atics, genetics, toxicology, and parasites     (BS, CRED, HBS)                               FW 435. ^Wildlife in Agricultural
and diseases of fish. Advanced study            The Fisheries and Wildlife Science BS           Ecosystems (3)
in wildlife science can involve almost         degree (180) undergraduate curriculum         FW 453. Forest Management and Wildlife
any invertebrate or vertebrate species,        is composed of core courses as well as          Conservation (3)
biotic community or habitat. Research          specializations of 24 credits. The core       FW 454. Fishery Biology (4)
emphasis may be placed on population           represents the educational foundation         FW 456. Limnology (5)
dynamics and utilization, life history and     of fish and wildlife conservation, and         FW 458. Management of Big Game
ecology, conservative biology, habitats,       the specializations provide the student         Animals (4)
nutrition, physiology, behavior, and           with an opportunity to build his or her      FW 473. Fish Ecology (4)
organization of animal communities.            curriculum to meet specific goals. Work-      FW 475. Wildlife Behavior (4)
Opportunities exist for work in terrestrial    ing with faculty in formal and informal      FW 479. Wetlands and Riparian Ecology (3)
and aquatic systems.                           settings, students are encouraged to         FW 481. Wildlife Ecology (4)
                                               become engaged in designing their own        Select three courses in the Human
                                                                                             Dimension of Natural Resources
SPECIALIZATIONS                                education. The core courses required of       from an approved list (9–12):
Through the Specialization, students           all students seeking the BS degree are
                                                                                             FW 410. Internship (2 required) (4–6)
are encouraged to become engaged in            listed below.
designing their own education. Students           For further information, see the           FW 441. Intro to Group Problem Solving (1)
work with faculty in formal and informal       Fisheries and Wildlife Web site at http://    FW 442. Problem Definition and Analysis
                                                                                               in Fisheries and Wildlife (2)
settings to define career and life goals        fw.oregonstate.edu/.
                                                                                             FW 443. Problem Analysis and Resolution
and then develop a course of study to          Baccalaureate Core (48)                         in Fisheries and Wildlife (3)
achieve those goals. Specialization plans                                                      or FW 444. ^Problem Analysis and
should be developed during the junior          Communication
                                               COMM 111. *Public Speaking (3)                  Resolution in Fisheries and Wildlife (3)
year and will be presented to the faculty
                                               WR 121. *English Composition (3)
for review and comment. Specializations                                                     FISHERIES AND
                                               PHL 121. *Reasoning and Writing (3)
must contain at least 24 credits and all                                                    WILDLIFE MINOR
                                                or WR 222. *English Composition (3)
courses must be upper division. A maxi-                                                     A biology or zoology sequence equiva-
mum of one course may be taken before          Science                                      lent to BI 211, BI 212, BI 213, *Principles
formulation and review of the plan. All        BI 211, BI 212, BI 213. *Principles of
                                                Biology (4,4,4)
                                                                                            of Biology (4,4,4), is a prerequisite to the
courses in the Specialization are in addi-                                                  Fisheries and Wildlife minor (27).
tion to the courses in the fisheries and        CH 121, CH 122, CH 123. General
                                                Chemistry (5,5,5)                           Required
wildlife core. Specializations are given                                                    BI 370. Ecology (3) EC
                                                 or CH 221, CH 222, CH 223. *General
titles to reflect their content, but titles      Chemistry (5,5,5)                           FW 251. Principles of Fish and Wildlife
must not substantially duplicate titles        MTH 241. *Calculus for Management and         Conservation (3) EC
of existing degree programs. Examples           Social Science (4)                           Select a minimum of 7 credits from
of Specializations include forest wildlife       or MTH 251. *Differential Calculus (4)        the following (7–9):
management, stream ecology, fish and            Select three additional courses               FW 311. Biology of Birds (3) EC
wildlife law enforcement, marine fisher-         from chemistry, physics, and/or              FW 312. Systematics of Birds (2) EC
ies, aquaculture, avian conservation and        geosciences (from an approved list)          FW 315. Biology of Fishes (3) EC
management, conservation education              (9–12)
                                                                                             FW 316. Systematics of Fishes (2)
and extension, fisheries business, human         BI 370. Ecology (3)                          FW 317. Biology of Mammals (3) EC
dimensions of resource management,              ST 351, ST 352. Intro to Statistical         FW 318. Systematics of Mammals (2)
conservative biology, and many oth-               Methods (4,4)
                                                                                             Z 473. Biology of Amphibians and Reptiles
ers. Specializations that include “fish,”       Fisheries and Wildlife Core                     (3)
“fishery,” or “fisheries” in the title should    FW 107. Orientation to Fisheries and          Z 474. Systematic Herpetology (2)
contain at least 12 credits of aquatic          Wildlife (1)                                Select 12–14 credits from the
sciences. Specializations that include         FW 207. Specialization Development (1)        following:
“wildlife” in the title should have at least   FW 251. Principles of Fish and Wildlife      FW 303. Survey of Geographic Information
12 credits of terrestrial sciences. Special-    Conservation (3)                             Systems in Natural Resources (3) EC only
120      Oregon State University



FW 320. Introductory Population Dynamics      Students who cannot be admitted to the          the U.S. Geological Survey. The Agricul-
 (4) EC                                       department graduate programs because            tural Experiment Station, the Sea Grant
FW 321. Fisheries and Wildlife Resource       of space limitation and who may wish to         program, Forest Science Laboratory and
 Ecology (3) EC                               improve their background for future ad-         other organizations fund major research
FW 323. Management Principles of Pacific       mission must confer with the Graduate           projects. The department maintains ex-
 Salmon in the Northwest (3) EC only
                                              School for special student consideration.       tensive collections of vertebrate species,
FW 326. Integrated Watershed Management
 (3) EC only                                     Fisheries research in graduate stud-         which are curated by Doctors Markle
FW 328. Wildlife Capture and                  ies involves quantitative analyses of           (fish), Coblentz (mammals), and Dugger
 Immobilization (2)                           marine and freshwater fish populations,          (birds).
FW 340. *Multicultural Perspectives in        water quality, fish systematics, fish and
 Natural Resources (3) EC                     invertebrate physiology, stream ecology,        FISHERIES SCIENCE
FW 350. *Endangered Species, Society and      modeling of aquatic ecosystems, land use        GRADUATE MINOR
 Sustainability (3)                           interactions, endangered species, conser-       For more details, see the departmental
FW 420. Ecology and Management of             vation biology, and aquaculture.                advisor.
 Marine Fishes (3) HMSC                          The Oregon Cooperative Fish and
FW 426. Coastal Ecology and Resource          Wildlife Research Unit has active re-           WILDLIFE SCIENCE
 Management (5) HMSC                          search programs funded in part by the           GRADUATE MINOR
FW 427. Principles of Wildlife Diseases (4)   Oregon Department of Fish and Wildlife          For more details, see the departmental
FW 431. Dynamics of Marine Biological         and the Biological Resources Division of        advisor.
 Resources (4) HMSC
                                              the U.S. Geological Survey. The Agricul-
FW 435. ^Wildlife in Agricultural                                                             COURSES
 Ecosystems (3) EC
                                              tural Experiment Station, the Sea Grant
                                                                                              FW 107. ORIENTATION TO FISHERIES AND
FW 445. Ecological Restoration (4)            program, Forest Science Laboratory and          WILDLIFE (1). Information relevant to academic
FW 446. Wildland Fire Ecology (3) EC          other organizations fund major research         pathways and career planning in the fields of
                                              projects. The department maintains ex-          fisheries and wildlife. Graded P/N.
FW 451. Avian Conservation and
 Management (5)                               tensive collections of vertebrate species,      FW 111. INTRODUCTION TO MARINE LIFE
                                              which are curated by Doctors Markle             IN THE SEA (1). A field-focused learning
FW 453. Managed Forest and                                                                    experience, this inquiry-based course is a basic
 Wildlife Conservation (3)                    (fish), Coblentz (mammals), and Dugger           overview of the marine life and environment
FW 454. Fishery Biology (4) HMSC              (birds).                                        on the Oregon coast, including rocky shores,
FW 456. Limnology (5)                                                                         sandy beaches, mud flats, bays, estuaries, and
FW 458. Management of Big Game Animals        WILDLIFE SCIENCE                                watersheds. Through lectures, lab and field
                                              (MAg, MS, PhD)                                  experiences, students will examine important
 (4)                                                                                          marine organisms in their habitat, exploring
FW 465. Marine Fisheries (4) HMSC               Graduate Areas of Concentration               their ecological niches and adaptations to their
FW 470. *Ecology and History: Landscapes        Animal-habitat relationships; behavior;       environment along the Oregon coast. Graded
 of the Columbia Basin (3) EC only              biology of big game and small mammals;        P/N. CROSSLISTED as BI 111. PREREQS: High
FW 473. Fish Ecology (4)                                                                      school biology and chemistry.
                                                conservation biology; community studies;
FW 475. Wildlife Behavior (4)                   ecology of avian and mammalian                FW 199. SPECIAL STUDIES (1-16). Graded P/N.
FW 479. Wetland and Riparian Ecology (3)        predators; ecology of waterfowl               This course is repeatable for a maximum of 16
 EC                                             and upland gamebirds; effects of              credits.
FW 481. Wildlife Ecology (3) EC                 parasites, diseases, and environmental        FW 199H. SPECIAL STUDIES (1-16). Graded
                                                contaminants; nutrition; population;          P/N. This course is repeatable for a maximum of
FW 485. *Consensus and Natural Resources        population dynamics; reproductive
 (3) EC only                                                                                  16 credits. PREREQS: Honors College approval
                                                biology; toxicology of pesticides; wildlife   required.
FW 494. Parasites and Diseases of Marine        ecology; wildlife-forestry interactions;
 and Anadromous Fishes (5) HMSC                 wildlife science                              FW 207. SPECIALIZATION DEVELOPMENT (1).
                                                                                              Students will examine career alternatives, develop
FW 499. Special Topics/Fisheries and          The Department of Fisheries and Wildlife        career goals, learn what knowledge, skills, and
 Wildlife (1–6)                                                                               abilities are important for diverse careers in
                                              offers graduate work leading to the Mas-
Footnotes:                                                                                    fisheries and wildlife conservation, and develop
                                              ter of Science and Doctor of Philosophy         an academic and lifelong plan for achieving their
^ Writing intensive course                    degrees with majors in wildlife science.
* Baccalaureate core course                                                                   career goals. This course is intended to assist
EC=Extended Campus format                     The department participates in the Mas-         students in developing a specialization in fisheries
                                              ter of Agriculture and the Master of Arts       and wildlife science. Graded P/N.
EC only=Available only through Extend-
ed Campus                                     in Interdisciplinary Studies degree in its      FW 251. PRINCIPLES OF FISH AND WILDLIFE
HMSC=Offered at Hatfield Marine Science        natural resources management program.           CONSERVATION (3). History of conservation and
Center, Newport                                                                               natural resource use; ecological principles, and
                                              Students who cannot be admitted to the          social and economic limitations of conservation;
                                              department graduate programs because            principles and practices of wildlife and fisheries
FISHERIES SCIENCE                             of space limitation and who may wish to         management; role of research in management.
(MAg, MS, PhD)
                                              improve their background for future ad-         FW 255. FIELD SAMPLING OF FISH AND
  Graduate Areas of Concentration             mission must confer with the Graduate           WILDLIFE (3). Introduction to sampling
  Aquaculture, conservation biology,          School for special student consideration.       populations and communities of vertebrate
  fish genetics, ichthyology, limnology,                                                       animals emphasizing sampling design, collection
                                                 The wildlife graduate program in the         and management of data, and communication
  parasites and diseases, physiology and
  ecology of marine and freshwater            Department of Fisheries and Wildlife            of results. Weekend field trips. Laboratory fee
                                              includes wildlife research concerning           assessed. PREREQS: WR 121, familiarity with
  fishes, stream ecology, toxicology, water                                                    personal computers.
  pollution biology                           interaction of wildlife with land uses,
                                              migratory waterfowl, upland game birds,         FW 268. MATHEMATICAL IDEAS IN BIOLOGY
The Department of Fisheries and Wildlife                                                      (4). Mathematical models of biological systems,
offers graduate work leading to the Mas-      forest bird communities, endangered spe-        with emphasis on population dynamics and
ter of Science and Doctor of Philosophy       cies, population dynamics, and conserva-        ecology. Integral calculus with applications to
degrees with majors in fisheries science.      tion biology.                                   biology. CROSSLISTED as MTH 268. PREREQS:
                                                 The Oregon Cooperative Fish and              MTH 251.
The department participates in the Mas-
ter of Agriculture and the Master of Arts     Wildlife Research Unit has active re-           FW 302. BIOLOGY AND CONSERVATION OF
                                              search programs funded in part by the           MARINE MAMMALS (4). An examination of the
in Interdisciplinary Studies degree in its                                                    biology of whales, pinnipeds, and other marine
natural resources management program.         Oregon Department of Fish and Wildlife          mammals, including general adaptations to a
                                              and the Biological Resources Division of        marine existence; systematics and biogeography;
                                                                                                     College of Agricultural Sciences                          121



reproduction; diving physiology; communication         ecological change. Changes in ecosystem                 wildlife resources. PREREQS: PS 201 or other
and echolocation; feeding and migratory behavior;      processes and crises of species extinction in the       introductory political science course.
and marine mammal/human interactions; including        context of cultural and political institutions. (Bacc
conservation issues. CROSSLISTED as BI                 Core Course).                                           FW 417. MEDICAL AND PUBLIC HEALTH
302. Taught at Hatfield Marine Science Center.                                                                  ENTOMOLOGY (3). Arthropod pests of man
PREREQS: One year of introductory biology is           FW 326. INTEGRATED WATERSHED                            and domestic animals, including biology of pests,
mandatory.                                             MANAGEMENT (3). A comprehensive approach                disease transmission mechanisms, epidemiology
                                                       to watershed management, one that includes              of important arthropod-borne diseases, and
FW 303. SURVEY OF GEOGRAPHIC                           biophysical, socioeconomic, planning and                prevention and control of pest-related problems.
INFORMATION SYSTEMS IN NATURAL                         education related topics. Intended for students         CROSSLISTED as ENT 417/ENT 517 and H
RESOURCE (3). Concepts underlying geographic           interested in the sustainable management of             417/H 517. PREREQS: Two terms of biology or
information systems, global positioning system,        natural resources. PREREQS: FW 251.                     general zoology.
and remote sensing; application to management
and research, data quality issues, and case            FW 328. WILDLIFE CAPTURE AND                            FW 420. ECOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT
studies. Not a lab/skills class.                       IMMOBILIZATION (2). Manual and chemical                 OF MARINE FISHES (3). A lecture and lab
                                                       restraint methods are covered with an emphasis          course that covers the ecology of marine fishes
FW 311. BIOLOGY OF BIRDS (3). Survey of the            on darting equipment, animal and human                  and important ecological principles that guide
adaptations of birds to a diverse array of habitats.   safety, drug pharmacology and species specific           conservation and management. Life history,
Topics include origins, anatomy, reproductive          recommendations. Lec/lab. CROSSLISTED as                behavior, habitat, community dynamics and
strategies, migration, flight, behavior, physiology,    VMB 328.                                                ecosystem processes are emphasized, along
nutrition, and conservation. PREREQS: One year                                                                 with alternative management strategies. Taught at
introductory biology.                                  FW 340. *MULTICULTURAL PERSPECTIVES                     Hatfield Marine Science Center. PREREQS: FW
                                                       IN NATURAL RESOURCES (3). Explores                      320 or equivalent population dynamics class and
FW 312. SYSTEMATICS OF BIRDS (2). External             multicultural influences on development of natural       ichthyology is recommended.
anatomy, classification of birds of the world, and      resources in the American West. Effects of
field identification of birds by sight and song. Field   diverse social values on changes in the physical        FW 421. AQUATIC BIOLOGICAL INVASIONS
trips required. PREREQS: One year introductory         landscape and biodiversity. (Bacc Core Course)          (4). An overview of the background, theory,
biology.                                                                                                       evolution, ecology, politics and conservation
                                                       FW 341. FISH AND WILDLIFE LAW                           of invasions by introduced species in aquatic
FW 315. BIOLOGY OF FISHES (3). A survey of             ENFORCEMENT (2). Introduction to the                    environments. CROSSLISTED as BI 421. Taught
the diversity of biological adaptations of fishes.      philosophy, purposes, and methods of enforcing          at Hatfield Marine Science Center. PREREQS:
Topics include physiological and zoogeographical       natural resource laws, emphasizing fish and              One year of university-level biology.
adaptations, reproduction, evolution,                  wildlife laws.
cladogenesis, morphology, behavior, and genetics.                                                              FW 426. COASTAL ECOLOGY AND RESOURCE
PREREQS: One year introductory biology.                FW 346. TOPICS IN WILDLAND FIRE (3). An                 MANAGEMENT (5). Study of the ecology and
                                                       interdisciplinary survey of concepts relating to        management of coastal marine and freshwater
FW 316. SYSTEMATICS OF FISHES (2).                     fire science, ecology, management, and policy.           ecosystems as well as natural resources,
Phylogenetic diversity of fishes, especially Oregon     Includes case studies of several representative         emphasizing experimental (participatory) learning
fishes. Includes identification, anatomy, use of         ecosystems, ranging from west- and eastside             in a field station setting. Lec/lab. Taught at Hatfield
keys, taxonomy, and field collections. PREREQS:         forests of the Pacific Northwest to shrub steppe         Marine Science Center.
One year introductory biology.                         ecosystems of the Intermountain West and
                                                       chaparral ecosystems of southern California.            FW 427. PRINCIPLES OF WILDLIFE DISEASES
FW 317. MAMMALOGY (3). A survey of the                 Distance and campus-based delivery using                (4). Ecological aspects of important diseases
origins, evolution, diversity, and adaptations of      videos, website, and discussion. CROSSLISTED            affecting North American wildlife will be discussed.
mammals to diverse environments. Topics include        as FOR 346, RNG 346. PREREQS: Course work               Demonstrations will mainly cover migratory birds,
taxonomy, reproduction, sensory perception,            in forest biology or ecology (e.g. FOR 240,             carnivores and ruminants. Lec/lab. Ecampus
herbivory, population cycles and behavior.             FOR 341) or equivalent.                                 sections do not use lab demonstrations.
PREREQS: One year introductory biology.                                                                        PREREQS: Junior standing or instructor approval
                                                       FW 350. *ENDANGERED SPECIES, SOCIETY                    required.
FW 318. SYSTEMATICS OF MAMMALS                         AND SUSTAINABILITY (3). Provides a general
(2). A survey of the phylogenetic diversity            background to endangered species biology,               FW 431. DYNAMICS OF MARINE BIOLOGICAL
of the mammals in Oregon from a habitat/               and the social and economic implications of the         RESOURCES (4). Strategies of marine fishery
community perspective. Identifying, using keys,        legislation enacted to conserve endangered              management. A synthesis of the principles of
and measuring specimens will be stressed.              species (Endangered Species Act, CITES Treaty).         population dynamics for single- and multi-species
PREREQS: One year introductory biology.                (Bacc Core Course) PREREQS: FW 251.                     systems from the viewpoint of a marine resource
FW 320. INTRODUCTORY POPULATION                                                                                manager. Offered alternate years. Taught at
                                                       FW 360. *ORIGINS OF F&W MANAGEMENT-                     Hatfield Marine Science Center. PREREQS:
DYNAMICS (4). Principles and concepts of               EVOLUTION, GENETICS, AND ECOLOGY
population dynamics related to fish and wildlife                                                                BI 370 or BI 371.
                                                       (3). Examines genetics and human interactions
populations; methods of estimating abundance,          with fisheries and wildlife from an ecological           FW 435. ^WILDLIFE IN AGRICULTURAL
mortality, sustainable harvest levels and extinction   and evolutionary perspective. Basic principles          ECOSYSTEMS (3). Examines the relationships
risk; hands-on introduction to models for              of environmental interactions, and how humans           between agricultural production and fish and
population analysis. Lec/lab. PREREQS: (BI 370         interact with other species and their environments      wildlife populations and communities. Explores
or BI 370H or BI 371) and College-level algebra,       in the disciplines commonly recognized as               the impacts of agricultural practices on fish and
introductory calculus and statistics recommended.      fisheries, wildlife and conservation sciences.           wildlife. Field trips required; transportation fee
FW 321. FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE                         (Baccalaureate Core Course) PREREQS: Two                charged. OSU Ecampus students are not required
RESOURCE ECOLOGY (3). Perspectives in                  terms of course work at OSU or equivalent.              to attend field trips. (Writing Intensive Course)
community and ecosystem ecology, including                                                                     PREREQS: BI 370 and FW 251.
                                                       FW 401. RESEARCH (1-16). This course is
ecosystem classification, and their use in              repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                 FW 441. INTRODUCTION TO GROUP PROBLEM
management of fisheries and wildlife resource                                                                   SOLVING (1). Introduction to group dynamics,
systems. PREREQS: FW 320.                              FW 403. THESIS (1-16). PREREQS:                         problem analysis and problem solving paradigms.
                                                       Departmental approval required.                         Students will form groups, select problem area
FW 322. INVESTIGATIONS IN POPULATION
DYNAMICS (2). Combined laboratory, recitation,         FW 405. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).                  and faculty/resource professional mentors,
and lecture designed to explore concepts of the        This course is repeatable for a maximum of 16           and develop an initial work plan to follow in FW
dynamics of real and simulated populations.            credits.                                                442 and FW 443. Each group will make an oral
PREREQS: FW 320 and MTH 111. (Concurrent                                                                       presentation of their problem and initial plan on
enrollment in FW 320 is required for all FW            FW 407. SEMINAR (1-16). Graded P/N. Taught              a fisheries and/or wildlife topic. Taught at Hatfield
majors, others by instructor approval.)                at Hatfield Marine Science Center. This course is        Marine Science Center and Corvallis campus.
                                                       repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                 PREREQS: FW 441, FW 442, and FW 443 must
FW 323. MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES OF                                                                               be taken in sequence.
PACIFIC SALMON IN THE NORTHWEST (3). A                 FW 408. WORKSHOP (1-16). This course is
28-session video course exploring the nature of        repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                 FW 442. PROBLEM DEFINITION AND
the salmon problem in the Northwest. Experts           FW 410. INTERNSHIP (1-6). This course is                ANALYSIS IN FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE
from diverse disciplines describe principles of        repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                 (2). Student groups working with mentors will
salmon biology, habitat ecology and management,                                                                define the problem selected in FW 441, collect
socioeconomics of direct and indirect users, and       FW 415. FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE LAW                      and review relevant information, and develop a
government policies.                                   AND POLICY (3). Provides students with an               problem analysis plan on a fisheries and/or wildlife
                                                       understanding of the key legal frameworks within        topic. Finalized plans will be presented at an open
FW 325. *GLOBAL CRISES IN RESOURCE                     which they will work to conserve fish and wildlife       forum at the end of the term. Taught at Hatfield
ECOLOGY (3). Historical and contemporary               resources. Examines federal law and policy              Marine Science Center and Corvallis campus.
implications of the impacts of burgeoning human        relating to allocation and conservation of fish and      PREREQS: FW 441.
populations on rates and patterns of global
122         Oregon State University



FW 443. PROBLEM ANALYSIS AND                              class debates on current issues regarding              Includes a group problem solving project and
RESOLUTION IN FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE                      the conservation of biodiversity in the sea.           case studies. For FW majors in their senior year.
(3). Student groups will collect additional               Topics include overfishing, invasive species,           Lec/lab. PREREQS: FW 320 and FW 321 and
information as needed, analyze the information,           eutrophication, marine pollution, and global           400-level FW course work (e.g. FW 454, FW 481,
and synthesize a resolution for the problem on a          warming, as well as means of addressing                or FW 426).
fisheries and/or wildlife topic. Groups will prepare       these threats. CROSSLISTED as Z 464/Z 564.
a final written report and a poster to be presented        PREREQS: BI 370 or BI 370H and Or equivalent;          FW 489. EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATIONS IN
at a senior project fair. Taught at Hatfield Marine        senior, postbacs, and graduate students only.          FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE SCIENCE (3).
Science Center and Corvallis campus. PREREQS:                                                                    Second of a two-course capstone sequence
FW 442.                                                   FW 465. MARINE FISHERIES (4). A global                 centered on analysis, synthesis, and interpretation
                                                          perspective on commercial fish and shellfish             of data and written and oral communication of
FW 444. ^PROBLEM ANALYSIS AND                             harvesting with emphasis on fishing technology          management, education or policy statements.
RESOLUTION IN FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE                      and policy issues. Offered alternate years. Taught     PREREQS: FW 488
(3). Student groups will collect information,             at Hatfield Marine Science Center. PREREQS:
analyze the information, and synthesize a                 FW 315.                                                FW 494. DISEASES AND PARASITES OF
resolution to a problem on a fisheries and/                                                                       MARINE AND ANADROMOUS FISHES (3).
or wildlife topic. Groups will prepare a final             FW 470. *ECOLOGY AND HISTORY:                          Emphasis on interactions between marine/
written report and a poster to be presented at a          LANDSCAPES OF THE COLUMBIA BASIN (3).                  anadromous fishes, disease-causing agents, and
Senior Project Fair. (Writing Intensive Course).          Integrates environmental history and landscape         ecological conditions under which disease agents
PREREQS: FW 441, FW 442.                                  ecology of the Columbia River Basin from geologic      may limit populations in the marine environment.
                                                          origins to the present, to create an understanding     Taught at Hatfield Marine Science Center.
FW 445. ECOLOGICAL RESTORATION                            of change caused by natural processes and              PREREQS: 6 credits of upper-division biology.
(4). Fundamentals of restoring and reclaiming             human activities. CROSSLISTED as HSTS 470/
disturbed landscapes and ecosystems. Topics               HSTS 570. (Bacc Core Course) PREREQS:                  FW 497. ^AQUACULTURE (3). Principles and
to be covered include types and assessment of             HST 201, HST 202, HST 203 or BI 370.                   practices for the aquaculture of fish, shellfish, and
site conditions; determining restoration goals and                                                               algae. Taught at Hatfield Marine Science Center.
feasibility; hydrologic, biotic, and soil functions and   FW 471. ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY                       (Writing Intensive Course.) PREREQS: 9 credits
their importance in restoration; and measures of          OF FISHES (4). Principles of the functional            of upper-division biology.
successful restoration. CROSSLISTED as FOR                biology of fishes with emphasis on environmental
                                                          interactions and management implications.              FW 498. AQUACULTURE LABORATORY (3).
445/FOR 545. PREREQS: BI 370 or instructor                                                                       Biology and culture requirements of fish, shellfish,
approval required.                                        PREREQS: FW 315, BI 370 or BI 371.
                                                                                                                 and algae. Emphasis on laboratory culture
FW 446. WILDLAND FIRE ECOLOGY (3).                        FW 472. ADVANCED ICHTHYOLOGY (3).                      techniques and practical experience in handling
Coverage of fire histories and ecology of major            Evolution of fishes with emphasis on the role of        organisms. Taught at Hatfield Marine Science
forest, rangeland and wetland ecosystems.                 ontogeny; cladistic methodology and classification      Center. PREREQS: 9 credits of upper-division
Includes fire interactions with physical and               contrasted with traditional taxonomic approaches.      biology.
biotic components of ecosystems, role of fire in           PREREQS: Two years upper-division fisheries or
                                                          zoology.                                               FW 499. SPECIAL TOPICS IN FISHERIES
ecological processes, and utilization in natural                                                                 AND WILDLIFE (16). Various topics in fisheries
resource management. CROSSLISTED as                       FW 473. FISH ECOLOGY (4). Behavior                     science and wildlife science. May be repeated
FOR 446/FOR 546 and RNG 446/RNG 546.                      of fishes as a mode of accommodation to                 for up to 12 credits. CROSSLISTED as ENT 499.
PREREQS: Course work in ecology and natural               various ecological and evolutionary constraints.       Taught at Hatfield Marine Science Center and
resource management.                                      Importance of heritable and learned patterns           Corvallis campus. This course is repeatable for a
FW 451. AVIAN CONSERVATION AND                            to population and community dynamics.                  maximum of 12 credits.
MANAGEMENT (5). Identification, classification,             Application of behavioral studies to the solution of
                                                          management problems. Lec/lab/rec. PREREQS:             FW 501. RESEARCH (1-16). This course is
life history strategies, ecology and management                                                                  repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
of upland and migratory gamebirds. PREREQS:               (BI 370 or BI 370H) and FW 315
FW 311.                                                   FW 474. EARLY LIFE HISTORY OF FISHES (4).              FW 503. THESIS (1-16). This course is
                                                          Overview of diversity of development patterns in       repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
FW 453. FOREST MANAGEMENT AND
WILDLIFE CONSERVATION (3). The ecology                    fishes; emphasis on morphology, life history, and       FW 505. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).
and conservation of wildlife in managed forests,          evolution. Offered alternate years. PREREQS:           This course is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
the influences of forest management on wildlife            FW 315 or equivalent.
                                                                                                                 FW 507. SEMINAR (1-16). Selected Topics.
and their habitats, and management of forests to          FW 475. WILDLIFE BEHAVIOR (4). Adaptive                Taught at Hatfield Marine Science Center and
achieve wildlife objectives. CROSSLISTED as FS            significance of egocentric and social behavior of       Corvallis campus. This course is repeatable for a
453. PREREQS: FOR 240* or FOR 341* or (BI                 wildlife species. Implications of behavior in sound    maximum of 16 credits.
370* or BI 370H*) and Or equivalent course in             management practice. PREREQS: 9 credits of
ecology.                                                  upper-division biology.                                FW 508. WORKSHOP (1-16). This course is
                                                                                                                 repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
FW 454. ^FISHERY BIOLOGY (4). Principles                  FW 479. WETLANDS AND RIPARIAN ECOLOGY
and methods used in studying the biology of               (3). Ecology of riparian freshwater and estuarine      FW 515. FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE LAW
fishes; ecological requirements of freshwater              wetlands of the Pacific Northwest. Effects of land      AND POLICY (3). Provides students with an
and anadromous fishes; principles and practices            use on ecosystem structure, function, biodiversity,    understanding of the key legal frameworks within
in sport fishery management. Taught at Hatfield             and restoration will be explored. PREREQS:             which they will work to conserve fish and wildlife
Marine Science Center. (Writing Intensive Course)         BI 370 or BI 371.                                      resources. Examines federal law and policy
PREREQS: FW 320 and FW 315                                                                                       relating to allocation and conservation of fish and
                                                          FW 481. WILDLIFE ECOLOGY (4).                          wildlife resources. PREREQS: PS 201 or other
FW 455. SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS OF                          Interrelationships of wildlife, environment and        introductory political science course.
MARINE FISH STOCKS (3). Field sampling                    humans. Evaluation of properties and habitats of
of economically relevant marine fish stocks.               wildlife populations. PREREQS: BI 370 or BI 370H       FW 517. MEDICAL AND PUBLIC HEALTH
Laboratory analysis of biological samples and             or BI 371 and FW 311, FW 320, ST 351.                  ENTOMOLOGY (3). Arthropod pests of man
computer modeling of data using general stock                                                                    and domestic animals, including biology of pests,
assessment techniques. Lec/lab. Taught at Hatfield         FW 482. SENIOR PROJECT (2). Independent                disease transmission mechanisms, epidemiology
Marine Science Center. PREREQS: FM 315 and                research project designed and conducted by             of important arthropod-borne diseases, and
FW 316 is recommended.                                    student. PREREQS: Senior standing, ST 351.             prevention and control of pest-related problems.
                                                          FW 485. *CONSENSUS AND NATURAL                         CROSSLISTED as ENT 417/ENT 517 and H
FW 456. LIMNOLOGY (5). Physical, chemical,                                                                       417/H 517. PREREQS: Two terms of biology or
and biological concepts in limnology and                  RESOURCES (3). Students will use a working
                                                          group approach. They will select a natural             general zoology.
techniques related to aquatic resources and
their management. Lec/lab. PREREQS: Senior                resource topic, study the team process and             FW 518X. ANIMAL POPULATION DYNAMICS
standing.                                                 interaction as a method of learning, explore           (3). Designed for students who wish to develop
                                                          the issue using systems practice, and strive           a solid understanding of basic animal population
FW 458. MANAGEMENT OF BIG GAME                            for consensus on solutions to their issue.             dynamics. Serves as useful background to FW
ANIMALS (4). A thorough understanding of                  CROSSLISTED as ANS 485/ANS 585, FOR 485,               661, Analysis of Animal Populations, and is
ecology of herbivorous big game mammals.                  SOC 485/SOC 585. (Bacc Core Course)                    designed to complement FW 586, Genetics and
Techniques used to determine their abundance,                                                                    Demography of Small Populations, and FW 599,
diets, reproduction, and the cultural and political       FW 488. PROBLEM SOLVING IN FISHERIES
                                                          AND WILDLIFE SCIENCE (3). The first of a                Essential Models of Ecology.
variables that contribute to formulation of
management programs. PREREQS: 9 credits of                two-course capstone sequence designed to               FW 520. ECOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT
upper-division biological sciences.                       introduce students to the synthesis of scientific       OF MARINE FISHES (3). A lecture and lab
                                                          information on species, habitats and ecosystems        course that covers the ecology of marine fishes
FW 464. MARINE CONSERVATION BIOLOGY                       and the use of such data in shaping fisheries and       and important ecological principles that guide
(3). Lectures, group library research, and                wildlife conservation, management and policy.
                                                                                                      College of Agricultural Sciences                           123



conservation and management. Life history,                FW 553. FOREST WILDLIFE HABITAT                        FW 574. EARLY LIFE HISTORY OF FISHES (4).
behavior, habitat, community dynamics and                 MANAGEMENT (4). Management of terrestrial              Overview of diversity of development patterns in
ecosystem processes are emphasized, along                 vertebrates in forest ecosystems. Effects on           fishes; emphasis on morphology, life history, and
with alternative management strategies. Taught            silvicultural practices and landscape pattern on       evolution. Offered alternate years. CROSSLISTED
at Hatfield Marine Science Center. PREREQS:                habitats and populations. CROSSLISTED as FS            as OC 574. PREREQS: FW 315 or equivalent.
FW 320 or equivalent population dynamics class,           553. PREREQS: FOR 341 or equivalent course
ichthyology.                                              in ecology.                                            FW 575. WILDLIFE BEHAVIOR (4). Adaptive
                                                                                                                 significance of egocentric and social behavior of
FW 521. AQUATIC BIOLOGICAL INVASIONS                      FW 554. FISHERY BIOLOGY (4). Principles                wildlife species. Implications of behavior in sound
(4). An overview of the background, theory,               and methods used in studying the biology of            management practice. PREREQS: 9 credits of
evolution, ecology, politics and conservation             fishes; ecological requirements of freshwater and       upper-division biology.
of invasions by introduced species in aquatic             anadromous fishes; principles and practices in sport
environments. CROSSLISTED as BI 421. Taught               fishery management. Taught at Hatfield Marine            FW 579. WETLANDS AND RIPARIAN ECOLOGY
at Hatfield Marine Science Center. PREREQS:                Science Center. PREREQS: FW 315, FW 320.               (3). Ecology of riparian freshwater and estuarine
One year of university-level biology.                                                                            wetlands of the Pacific Northwest. Effects of land
                                                          FW 555. SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS OF                       use on ecosystem structure, function, biodiversity,
FW 526. COASTAL ECOLOGY AND RESOURCE                      MARINE FISH STOCKS (3). Field sampling                 and restoration will be explored. PREREQS:
MANAGEMENT (5). Study of the ecology and                  of economically relevant marine fish stocks.            BI 370 or BI 371.
management of coastal marine and freshwater               Laboratory analysis of biological samples and
ecosystems as well as natural resources,                  computer modeling of data using general stock          FW 580. STREAM ECOLOGY (3). Structure and
emphasizing experimental (participatory) learning         assessment techniques. Lec/lab. Taught at Hatfield      function of stream ecosystems, with emphasis
in a field station setting. Lec/lab. Taught at Hatfield     Marine Science Center. PREREQS: FW 316 and             on biological processes; physical and chemical
Marine Science Center.                                    FW 316 are recommended.                                relations; riparian influences and landscape
                                                                                                                 perspectives. PREREQS: 9 credits of upper-
FW 527. PRINCIPLES OF WILDLIFE DISEASES                   FW 556. LIMNOLOGY (5). Physical, chemical,             division science.
(4). Ecological aspects of important diseases             and biological concepts in limnology and
affecting North American wildlife will be discussed.      techniques related to aquatic resources and            FW 581. WILDLIFE ECOLOGY (4).
Demonstrations will mainly cover migratory birds,         their management. Lec/lab. PREREQS: Senior             Interrelationships of wildlife, environment and
carnivores and ruminants. Lec/lab. Ecampus                standing.                                              humans. Evaluation of properties and habitats of
sections do not use lab demonstrations.                                                                          wildlife populations. PREREQS: BI 370 or BI 371;
PREREQS: Junior standing or instructor approval           FW 558. MANAGEMENT OF BIG GAME                         FW 311, FW 320, ST 351.
required.                                                 ANIMALS (4). A thorough understanding of
                                                          ecology of herbivorous big game mammals.               FW 585. CONSENSUS AND NATURAL
FW 531. DYNAMICS OF MARINE BIOLOGICAL                     Techniques used to determine their abundance,          RESOURCES (3). Students will use a working
RESOURCES (4). Strategies of marine fishery                diets, reproduction, and the cultural and political    group approach. They will select a natural
management. A synthesis of the principles of              variables that contribute to formulation of            resource topic, study the team process and
population dynamics for single- and multi-species         management programs. PREREQS: 9 credits of             interaction as a method of learning, explore
systems from the viewpoint of a marine resource           upper-division biological sciences.                    the issue using systems practice, and strive
manager. Offered alternate years. Taught at                                                                      for consensus on solutions to their issue.
Hatfield Marine Science Center. PREREQS:                   FW 563. CONSERVATION BIOLOGY OF                        CROSSLISTED as ANS 485/ANS 585, FOR 485,
BI 370 or BI 371.                                         WILDLIFE (3). Overview of the field of conservation     SOC 485/SOC 585.
                                                          biology with emphasis on the relationship to
FW 535. WILDLIFE IN AGRICULTURAL                          conservation and management of wildlife.               FW 586. GENETICS AND DEMOGRAPHY OF
ECOSYSTEMS (3). Examines the relationships                                                                       SMALL POPULATIONS (3). Factors affecting
between agricultural production and fish and               FW 564. MARINE CONSERVATION BIOLOGY                    species persistence, viability models, and
wildlife populations and communities. Explores the        (3). Lectures, group library research, and             implications for conservation. Offered alternate
impacts of agricultural practices on fish and wildlife.    class debates on current issues regarding              years. PREREQS: Ecology, genetics.
Field trips required; transportation fee charged.         the conservation of biodiversity in the sea.
                                                          Topics include overfishing, invasive species,           FW 590. COASTAL POPULATION GENETICS
OSU Ecampus students are not required to attend                                                                  AND CONSERVATION (6). Hands-on application
field trips. PREREQS: BI 370 and FW 251.                   eutrophication, marine pollution, and global
                                                          warming, as well as means of addressing                of molecular population genetics in coastal fishery
FW 545. ECOLOGICAL RESTORATION                            these threats. CROSSLISTED as Z 464/Z 564.             management and conservation, study design,
(4). Fundamentals of restoring and reclaiming             PREREQS: BI 370 or BI 370H or equivalent;              DNA extraction, PCR, analysis techniques, paper
disturbed landscapes and ecosystems. Topics               senior, postbacs, and graduate students only.          review and write-up. Taught at Hatfield Marine
to be covered include types and assessment of                                                                    Science Center. PREREQS: BI 311 or equivalent
site conditions; determining restoration goals and        FW 565. MARINE FISHERIES (4). A global                 introductory genetics course.
feasibility; hydrologic, biotic, and soil functions and   perspective on commercial fish and shellfish
                                                          harvesting with emphasis on fishing technology          FW 594. DISEASES AND PARASITES OF
their importance in restoration; and measures of                                                                 MARINE FISHES AND INVERTEBRATES
successful restoration. CROSSLISTED as FOR                and policy issues. Offered alternate years. Taught
                                                          at Hatfield Marine Science Center. PREREQS:             (3). Emphasis on interactions between marine/
445/FOR 545. PREREQS: BI 370 or instructor                                                                       anadromous fishes, disease-causing agents, and
approval required.                                        FW 315.
                                                                                                                 ecological conditions under which disease agents
FW 546. WILDLAND FIRE ECOLOGY (3).                        FW 570. ECOLOGY AND HISTORY:                           may limit populations in the marine environment.
Coverage of fire histories and ecology of major            LANDSCAPES OF THE COLUMBIA BASIN (3).                  Taught at Hatfield Marine Science Center.
forest, rangeland and wetland ecosystems.                 Integrates environmental history and landscape         PREREQS: 6 credits of upper-division biology.
Includes fire interactions with physical and               ecology of the Columbia River Basin from geologic
                                                          origins to the present, to create an understanding     FW 597. AQUACULTURE (3). Principles and
biotic components of ecosystems, role of fire in                                                                  practices for the aquaculture of fish, shellfish, and
ecological processes, and utilization in natural          of change caused by natural processes and
                                                          human activities. CROSSLISTED as HSTS 470/             algae. Taught at Hatfield Marine Science Center.
resource management. CROSSLISTED as                                                                              PREREQS: 9 credits of upper-division biology.
FOR 446/FOR 546 and RNG 446/RNG 546.                      HSTS 570. PREREQS: HST 201, HST 202,
PREREQS: Course work in ecology and natural               HST 203 or BI 370.                                     FW 598. AQUACULTURE LABORATORY (3).
resource management.                                      FW 571. ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY                       Biology and culture requirements of fish, shellfish,
                                                          OF FISHES (4). Principles of the functional            and algae. Emphasis on laboratory culture
FW 547. TROPHIC CASCADES (2-3). Theory                                                                           techniques and practical experience in handling
and empirical analysis of terrestrial carnivore           biology of fishes with emphasis on environmental
                                                          interactions and management implications.              organisms. Taught at Hatfield Marine Science
effects on plants and ecosystems as mediated                                                                     Center. PREREQS: 9 credits of upper-division
through herbivores. Emphasis on large carnivores,         PREREQS: FW 315, BI 370 or BI 371.
                                                                                                                 biology.
frequency/strength of trophic cascades,                   FW 572. ADVANCED ICHTHYOLOGY (3).
implications for ecosystem function, management,          Evolution of fishes with emphasis on the role of        FW 599. SPECIAL TOPICS IN FISHERIES
and restoration. Lectures, current literature,            ontogeny; cladistic methodology and classification      AND WILDLIFE (16). Various topics in fisheries
discussions, field exercise, term paper, and               contrasted with traditional taxonomic approaches.      science and wildlife science. May be repeated
student presentations. Offered alternate years.           PREREQS: Two years upper-division fisheries or          for up to 12 credits. CROSSLISTED as ENT 499.
PREREQS: Graduate or post-bac standing and an             zoology.                                               Taught at Hatfield Marine Science Center and
ecology course.                                                                                                  Corvallis campus. This course is repeatable for a
                                                          FW 573. FISH ECOLOGY (4). Behavior                     maximum of 12 credits.
FW 551. AVIAN CONSERVATION &                              of fishes as a mode of accommodation to
MANAGEMENT (5). Identification, classification,             various ecological and evolutionary constraints.       FW 601. RESEARCH (1-16). This course is
life history strategies, ecology and management           Importance of heritable and learned patterns           repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
of upland and migratory gamebirds. PREREQS:               to population and community dynamics.                  FW 603. THESIS (1-16). This course is
FW 311.                                                   Application of behavioral studies to the solution of   repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
                                                          management problems. Lec/lab/rec. PREREQS:
                                                          BI 370, FW 315.                                        FW 605. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).
                                                                                                                 This course is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
124         Oregon State University



FW 606. PROJECTS (1-16). This course is                  Graduate Areas of Concentration               Experiment Station Seafood Laboratory
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                  Brewing                                       at Astoria and the Food Innovation Cen-
FW 607. SEMINAR (1-16). This course is                   Enology                                       ter in Portland, Oregon.
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                  Flavor Chemistry
FW 620. ECOLOGICAL POLICY (3). Policy                    Food Chemistry/Biochemistry                   WORK EXPERIENCE
issues associated with ecosystem management,                                                           AND INTERNSHIPS
risk assessment, biological diversity, ecosystem         Food Engineering
health, sustainability, invasive species,                Food Microbiology/Biotechnology               Because of the educational value of
bioregionalism, globalization and transnational          Food and Seafood Processing                   professional work experience, the depart-
factors, and rights, ethics, and morals. PREREQS:                                                      ment strongly encourages students to
Background in natural resources, environmental           Sensory Evaluation
                                                                                                       gain practical work experience during
sciences, ecological sciences, ecological
economics, political science, or similar discipline.                                                   summer and fall terms. Students typically
                                                       Graduate Minor
                                                                                                       work in brewing, dairy processing, and
FW 661. ANALYSIS OF ANIMAL POPULATIONS                 Food Science and Technology
(5). Quantitative methods for estimating                                                               seasonal fruit and vegetable processing.
parameters (abundance, survival, population                                                            Students may earn internship credit with
stability) of animal populations. Emphasis is on       Food science and technology concerns            prior approval of the department and
vertebrate animals and statistical methods of                                                          of the employer. OSU students may also
hypothesis testing, parameter estimation, and
                                                       the chemistry and engineering necessary
inference testing. Offered odd-numbered years.         to deliver safe, convenient food products       participate in Alaska and international
PREREQS: ST 511, ST 512 or equivalent.                 from the farm gate to the food mar-             internship programs.
FW 667. RESEARCH PERSPECTIVES (4).                     keter. The academic program integrates
Critical evaluation of philosophical perspectives      principles and concepts in the physical,        SCHOLARSHIPS
in resource science and management. The aim            biological, and engineering sciences, and       The College of Agricultural Sciences, the
of the course is to help students develop their                                                        department, the food industry, and the
own philosophical views through discussion of          applies them to the scientific and tech-
dominant perspectives and their problems and           nological aspects of food processing. The       Institute of Food Technologists offer over
suggestion of potentially more adequate views.         role of the food scientist is to successfully   25 merit and financial need scholarships
PREREQS: 9 credits of upper-division science,          integrate these disciplines to assure an        to encourage students preparing for
philosophy or natural resources.                                                                       careers in the food industry. For more
                                                       abundant, high quality, and nutritious
FW 699. SPECIAL TOPICS IN FISHERIES AND                food supply.                                    information, contact the department,
WILDLIFE (1-4). Various topics in fisheries                                                             737-3131, and the Office of Financial Aid
science and wildlife science. May be repeated for         The core curriculum is approved and
up to 6 credits. Taught at Hatfield Marine Science      certified by the education committee             and Scholarships, 737-2241.
Center and Corvallis campus. This course is            of the Institute of Food Technologists,
repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits.                 the professional society of international       CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
FW 808. WORKSHOP (1-16).                               food scientists. This curriculum allows         Career opportunities in the food, brew-
                                                       students to select elective credits to gain     ing, and enology industries include
 FOOD SCIENCE AND                                      added expertise in special areas such as        management, research and develop-
                                                       biology, business, chemistry, or nutri-         ment, process and production supervi-
 TECHNOLOGY                                                                                            sion, quality assurance, distribution,
                                                       tion. Faculty advisors provide one-on-
                                                       one guidance, undergraduate research            sales, marketing, consulting, and trade
Robert J. McGorrin, Head
                                                       projects, and assistance in career deci-        associations. Food science and technol-
100 Wiegand Hall
                                                       sions, summer job selection, scholarship        ogy graduates hold teaching, research
Oregon State University
                                                       opportunities, and job selection among          and extension positions with colleges
Corvallis, OR 97331-6602
                                                       the many placement opportunities in the         and universities. Governmental agencies
541-737-3131
                                                       food industry.                                  employ food scientists for work in regula-
E-mail: robert.mcgorrin@oregonstate.edu
                                                          Food science and technology ma-              tory control, research, and the develop-
Web site: http://oregonstate.edu/dept/
                                                       jors must earn an overall GPA of 2.00           ment of food standards.
foodsci/
                                                       in those courses specified for the FST
                                                       degree. Students should consult with            FST GRADE POLICY
FACULTY                                                                                                AND REQUIREMENTS
Professors Daeschel, McGorrin,                         their advisor prior to exercising the S/U
                                                       grading option. S/U grading is permitted        All courses in FST, science and math-
Morrissey, Park, Zhao                                                                                  ematics that are required for the major,
Associate Professors Bakalinsky,                       only for elective courses and courses in
                                                       specified baccalaureate core areas.              including option requirements, must be
Goddik, Penner, Qian, Ross,                                                                            passed on the A–F grading scale.
Shellhammer, Su, Torres                                   Graduate programs leading to the MS
                                                       or PhD degree in food science permit               Within the Baccalaureate Core, writing
Assistant Professors Lim, Osborne                                                                      courses that are specified by the Depart-
Instructor Smith                                       intensified study in subject areas of
                                                       special interest. Research areas in the         ment of Food Science, namely WR 121
                                                       department include both basic and ap-           and WR 222 and WR 327, are to be taken
Undergraduate Major                                    plied aspects of chemistry/biochemistry,        for a grade (A/F).
Food Science and Technology (BS)                       microbiology/biotechnology, sensory                Any other courses, including Bacca-
                                                       analysis, and food engineering. Research        laureate Core courses (except for those
   Options                                                                                             included in items 1 and 2 above), may
   Food Science                                        in food processing operations covers a
                                                       number of food commodities such as              be taken on an S/U graded basis, to the
   Fermentation Science                                                                                maximum allowable (36 credits) by the
   Enology and Viticulture                             cereal products, dairy products, fruits,
                                                       vegetables, meats, seafoods, wines and          university. To remain in good standing,
                                                       beers.                                          and be eligible for graduation, a student
Minors                                                                                                 must maintain a cumulative GPA of at
                                                          Departmental facilities include well-
Fermentation Science                                   equipped laboratories, a pilot plant, a         least 2.00 for all OSU course work.
Food Science                                           winery, a micro-brewery, and an artisan            Further, to ensure students and future
Food Technology                                        cheese-making plant for instruction             employers of competence in this disci-
                                                       and research. Research facilities also are      pline, FST has an additional grade point
Graduate Major                                                                                         average requirement in order to fulfill
                                                       available at the Coastal Oregon Marine
Food Science and Technology (MS, PhD)                                                                  the major. The cumulative GPA for food
                                                                                 College of Agricultural Sciences                     125



and related science courses required in      FST 466. Wine Production Principles (3)       FOOD SCIENCE OPTION
the major must also be at least 2.00.        FST 467. Wine Production, Analysis, and       The Food Science option is approved by
                                               Sensory Evaluation (5)                      the Institute of Food Technologists.
FOOD SCIENCE AND                             FST 480. Topics in Fermentation (1–2)
                                                                                           Physics/Mathematics Courses
TECHNOLOGY (BS, CRED, HBS)                   Mathematics Course:                           MTH 251. *Differential Calculus (4)
Food Science and Technology Core             MTH 241. *Calculus for Management and         MTH 252. Integral Calculus (4)
(75)                                          Social Science (4)                           PH 202. *General Physics (5)
Food Science and Technology                  Biological Science Courses:                   ST 352. Intro to Statistical Methods (4)
Courses                                      BI 211. *Principles of Biology (4)            Nutrition and
BEE 452. Intro to Process Engineering (4)    BI 213. *Principles of Biology (4)            Biochemistry Courses
BEE 453. Intro to Process                    BOT 331. Plant Physiology (4)                  Choose one of the following:
  Engineering Design (4)                     HORT 301. Principles of Horticultural          NUTR 225. Human Nutrition (3)
FST 360. Food Safety and Sanitation (3)       Technology (4)
                                             HORT 316. M/Plant Nutrition (4)                NUTR 240. Human Nutrition (3)
FST 407. Senior Seminar (1)
                                             HORT 453. Grapevine Growth and                 Choose one of the following:
FST 421. *Food Law (3)
                                              Physiology (3)                                BB 350. Elementary Biochemistry (4)
FST 422. Food Chemistry (5)
FST 479. Fermentation Microbiology (3)       HORT 454. Principles and Practices of          BB 450. General Biochemistry (4)
                                              Vineyard Production (3)                      Food Science
Chemistry/Biochemistry Courses               Choose one course from the following:
CH 221, CH 222, CH 223. *General                                                           and Technology Courses
 Chemistry (5,5,5)                            BOT 350. Introductory Plant Pathology (4)    FST 210. Fruit and Vegetable Processing (3)
CH 324. Quantitative Analysis (4)             CSS 311. Introduction to Insect Pest         FST 212. Dairy Processing (2)
                                                Management (5)                             FST 213. Dairy Processing Lab (1)
CH 331, CH 332. Organic Chemistry (4,4)
                                              CSS 440. Weed Management (4)                 FST 420. Sensory Evaluation of Food (3)
CH 337. Organic Chemistry Lab (4)
                                             Choose one course from the following:         FST 423. Food Analysis (4)
Physics/Mathematics Courses                   BB 350. Elementary Biochemistry (4)          FST 424. ^Food Formulation Chemistry (3)
PH 201. *General Physics (5)                  BI 314. Cell and Molecular Biology (4)       FST 490. Food Processing Calculations (2)
ST 351. Intro to Statistical Methods (4)                                                   FST 491. Food Processing Laboratory (1)
                                             Crop and Soil Science Course:
Biological Science Courses                     CSS 305. Principles of Soil Science (4)     FST 495. Food Packaging (2)
BI 212. *Principles of Biology (4)                                                         MB 440. Food Microbiology (3)
MB 302. General Microbiology (3)             FERMENTATION                                  MB 441. Food Microbiology Lab (2)
MB 303. General Microbiology Lab (2)         SCIENCE OPTION                                TOX 429. Toxic Substances in Food (3)
Footnotes:                                   The Fermentation Science option is            Footnotes:
* Bacc Core Course                           approved by the Institute of Food             * Bacc Core Course
^ Writing Intensive Course                   Technologists.                                ^ Writing Intensive Course
ENOLOGY AND                                  Physics/Mathematics Courses:                  FERMENTATION SCIENCE MINOR
VITICULTURE OPTION                           PH 202. *General Physics (5)
The wine industry in the United States       Choose one of the following course            Required Courses (12)
is a west coast-centered industry,            pairs:                                       FST 251. Intro to Wines, Beers and Spirits (3)
with about 95% of our nation’s wines          MTH 251. *Differential Calculus (4)          MB 302. General Microbiology (3)
produced on the west coast. Oregon is         MTH 252. Integral Calculus (4)               MB 303. General Microbiology Lab (2)
second in the nation in terms of number       or                                           Select one of the following two:
of wineries and fourth in the nation in       MTH 112. *Elementary Functions (4)            BB 350. Elementary Biochemistry (4)
total volume of wine produced. The Or-        MTH 241. *Calculus for Management and         BI 314. Cell and Molecular Biology (4)
egon wine industry is a rapidly growing        Social Science (4)                          Elective Courses (15)
industry, and is becoming increasingly       Nutrition,                                    Select 15 credits from the following:
important to the larger Oregon economy.      Biology/Biochemistry Courses:                 BIOE 457. Bioreactors I (3)
   The Enology and Viticulture option         Choose one of the following:                 BIOE 460. Metabolic Engineering (3)
within the Department of Food Science         NUTR 225. Human Nutrition (3)                FST 360. Food Safety and Sanitation (3)
and Technology prepares students to be-       NUTR 240. Human Nutrition (3)                FST 460. Brewing Science (3)
come successful winemakers. Courses in                                                     FST 466. Wine Production Principles (3)
                                              Choose one of the following:
enology, taught by food science faculty,                                                   FST 467. Wine Production, Analysis, and
                                              BI 314. Cell and Molecular Biology (4)         Sensory Evaluation (5)
provide a scientifically-based understand-     BB 350. Elementary Biochemistry (4)
ing of wine production. Supporting                                                         FST 479. Fermentation Microbiology (3)
course work in horticulture, botany and      Food Science and                              FST 480. Topics in Fermentation (1–2
crop and soil science, helps students        Technology Courses:                             credits per class)**
develop an understanding of the interac-     FST 423. Food Analysis (4)                    MB 440. Food Microbiology (3)
tion between grape production and wine-      FST 460. Brewing Science (3)                  MB 441. Food Microbiology Lab (2)
making. Graduates in this option will        FST 461. ^Brewing Analysis (3)                **May take up to 4 credits.
possess the necessary breadth and depth      FST 466. Wine Production Principles (3)
                                                                                           Total=27
                                             FST 467. Wine Production, Analysis, and
of knowledge and associated practical          Sensory Evaluation (5)
skills to become independently thinking                                                    FOOD SCIENCE MINOR
                                             FST 480. Topics in Fermentation (1–2) to be
and successful winemakers.                     taken for a total of 2 credits              Required Courses (13 credits)
Food Science and                             FST 490. Food Processing Calculations (2)     FST 360. Food Safety and Sanitation (3)
Technology Courses:                          FST 491. Food Processing Laboratory (1)       FST 422. Food Chemistry (5)
FST 251. Introduction to Wines, Beers, and   FST 495. Food Packaging (2)                   MB 440. Food Microbiology (3)
  Spirits (3)                                MB 440. Food Microbiology (3)                 MB 441. Food Microbiology Lab (2)
  or HORT 251. Temperate Tree Fruit,         MB 441. Food Microbiology Lab (2)
  Berries, Grapes and Nuts (2)                                                             Elective Courses
                                             Footnote:                                     Select 14 credits from the following:
FST 424. ^Food Formulation Chemistry (3)
                                             * Bacc Core Course                            BEE 452. Intro to Process Engineering (4)
                                             ^ Writing Intensive Course
126       Oregon State University



BEE 453. Intro to Process Engineering             of research specializations are available          FST 102. MARASCHINO CHERRY (1). The
  Design (4)                                      covering the chemical, physical, micro-            interdisciplinary nature of food science and
FST 102. Maraschino Cherry (1)                                                                       technology is demonstrated by examining
                                                  biological and biotechnological, and               historical, technological, and scientific aspects of
FST 210. Fruit and Vegetable Processing (3)       sensory properties of foods.                       maraschino cherry production.
FST 212/FST 213. Dairy Processing/Lab (2,1)          Food engineering research concerns              FST 199. SPECIAL STUDIES (1-16). Graded
FST 251. Introduction to Wines, Beers,            measurement and modeling of thermo-                P/N. This course is repeatable for a maximum of
  Spirits (3)                                     physical properties of foods, and model-           16 credits.
FST 260. Food Science and Technology in           ing of heat and mass transfer phenom-              FST 210. FRUIT AND VEGETABLE
  Western Culture (3)                                                                                PROCESSING (3). Lectures, lab activities
                                                  ena. Studies in food microbiology focus
FST 420. Sensory Evaluation of Food (3)                                                              and plant tours to help majors and non-majors
                                                  on food safety and the characterization
FST 421. *Food Law (3)                                                                               understand traditional and modern fruit and
                                                  and improvement of wine yeasts. Flavor             vegetable processing technologies. PREREQS:
FST 423. Food Analysis (4)
                                                  chemistry and sensory evaluation studies           CH 123 or CH 223.
FST 424. ^Food Formulation Chemistry (3)
                                                  are ongoing with a wide variety of foods           FST 212. DAIRY PROCESSING (2). Methods of
FST 460. Brewing Science (3)
FST 466. Wine Production Principles (3)
                                                  and beverages.                                     processing and preserving milk and milk products
                                                     Food chemistry research concerns the            and related unit operations. PREREQS: CH 123
FST 467. Wine Production, Analysis, and                                                              or CH 223.
  Sensory Evaluation (5)                          occurrence, role, formation, stability and
                                                  analysis of various food constituents.             FST 213. DAIRY PROCESSING LABORATORY
FST 479. Fermentation Microbiology (3)                                                               (1). Laboratory and field work to accompany FST
FST 480. Topics in Fermentation (1–2)             Biomass conversion processes involve               212. Field trip required. PREREQS: Concurrent
FST 490. Food Processing Calculations (2)         chemical treatments, enzymatic treat-              enrollment in FST 212.
FST 491. Food Processing Laboratory (1)           ments and microbial fermentations. The             FST 251. INTRODUCTION TO WINES, BEERS,
FST 495. Food Packaging (2)                       work focuses primarily on lignocellulosic          AND SPIRITS (3). A descriptive introduction
TOX 429. Toxic Substances in Food (3)             residues, and involves mechanistic stud-           to the history, science, sensory, economics,
                                                  ies of chemical and enzymatic reactions,           and societal aspects of alcoholic beverages.
Total=27                                          modeling for process optimization                  PREREQS: High school biology and chemistry.
                                                                                                     Open to any major.
Footnotes:                                        and metabolic studies of fermentation
* Bacc Core Course                                efficiency. Adulteration in fruit juice con-        FST 260. *FOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
^ Writing Intensive Course                                                                           IN WESTERN CULTURE (3). Exploring the
                                                  centrates is being determined through              sciences and technologies of food processing and
FOOD TECHNOLOGY MINOR                             compositional analyses. Other studies              preservation within the context of their historical,
                                                  are directed toward an understanding of            current, and possible future influences on what we
Required Courses (17)                                                                                eat, the structure of our society, and our day-to-
                                                  the mechanism of anthocyanin pigment               day lives. (Bacc Core Course)
FST 102. Maraschino Cherry (1)                    degradation in foods.
FST 210. Fruit and Vegetable Processing (3)                                                          FST 273. *WINE IN THE WESTERN WORLD
                                                     Food processing research deals with             (3). A study of wine throughout history, from its
FST 212. Dairy Processing (2)
                                                  the use of high pressure as a means of             accidental discovery and refinement through
FST 213. Dairy Processing Lab (1)
                                                  food preservation and use of edible food           today, with a focus on the profound role wine
FST 360. Food Safety and Sanitation (3)                                                              plays in agriculture, social rituals, human health,
                                                  coatings to enhance the nutritional qual-
FST 421. *Food Law (3)                                                                               economics, and the ambivalent pursuit of
                                                  ity of fresh fruits and vegetables. Enologi-       pleasure. (Baccalaureate Core Course)
MB 230. *Introductory Microbiology (4)
                                                  cal research emphasizes the effects of
                                                                                                     FST 360. FOOD SAFETY AND SANITATION (3).
Elective Courses:                                 wine processing and vineyard practices             Principles, practices, and regulations governing
Select 10 credits from the following,             on wine quality. Research in brewing               and ensuring the microbiological safety of our food
  6 must be upper division:                       focuses on the effects of processing on            supply through risk assessment, surveillance, and
ANS 251. Principles of Animal Foods               beer quality and stability. Dairy research         intervention.
  Technology (3)                                                                                     FST 399. SPECIAL TOPICS (16). This course is
                                                  concerns characterization and use of
ANS 351. Advanced Principles of Animal                                                               repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
  Foods Technology (4)                            processing by-products. Investigations on
                                                  seafood processing and by-product utili-           FST 399H. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). This
FST 251. Intro to Wines, Beers, and Spirits (3)                                                      course is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
FST 260. Food Science and Technology in           zation are being conducted on campus,              PREREQS: Honors College approval required.
  Western Culture (3)                             and at the Coastal Oregon Marine Ex-
                                                  periment Station Seafood Laboratory in             FST 401. RESEARCH (1-16). This course
FST 420. Sensory Evaluation of Food (3)                                                              is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
FST 480. Topics in Fermentation (1–2 credits      Astoria, Oregon. Packaging and sensory             PREREQS: Departmental approval required.
  per class, can take up to 2 credits)            evaluation of value-added food products            FST 403. THESIS (1-16). This course is
FST 495. Food Packaging (2)                       occurs at the Food Innovation Center in            repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
NUTR 225. Human Nutrition (3)                     Portland, Oregon.                                  PREREQS: Departmental approval required.
NUTR 235. Science of Foods (4)                       Students desiring to pursue graduate            FST 405. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).
                                                  study must have a BS degree or equiva-             This course is repeatable for a maximum of
Total=27                                                                                             16 credits. PREREQS: Departmental approval
                                                  lent. Students from related fields of study
Footnotes:                                                                                           required.
                                                  (chemistry, microbiology, biology, etc.)
^ Writing intensive course                                                                           FST 407. SENIOR SEMINAR (1).
* Baccalaureate core course                       should have a strong background in the
                                                  basic sciences and must have earned at             FST 410. INTERNSHIP (1-16). A work internship
                                                  least a “B” (3.0) average during their last        to give students practical on-the-job training in the
FOOD SCIENCE AND                                                                                     food processing or related industries. Graded P/N.
TECHNOLOGY (MAg, MS, PhD)                         two years of undergraduate study.                  This course is repeatable for a maximum of 16
                                                                                                     credits. PREREQS: Junior standing. Departmental
  Graduate Areas of Concentration                 FOOD SCIENCE AND                                   approval, submission of employer and employee
  Brewing, enology, flavor chemistry,              TECHNOLOGY GRADUATE MINOR                          evaluation forms, and written reports.
  food chemistry/biochemistry, food
  engineering, food microbiology/                 For more details, see the departmental             FST 420. SENSORY EVALUATION OF FOOD
  biotechnology, food and seafood                 advisor.                                           (3). For FST majors and nonmajors. Procedures
  processing, sensory evaluation                                                                     and test methods used to evaluate the sensory
                                                                                                     properties of foods. Lec/lab. PREREQS: ST 352
The Department of Food Science and                COURSES                                            or ST 412.
                                                  FST 101. FOOD SCIENCE ORIENTATION
Technology offers graduate programs               (1). For food science majors. Orientation and      FST 421. *FOOD LAW (3). Concepts, statutes,
leading toward the Master of Science and          academic guidance toward career planning in food   regulations, and agencies controlling the
Doctor of Philosophy degrees. A variety           science and technology. Graded P/N.                production, processing, and distribution and
                                                                                                     promotion of food. (Bacc Core Course)
                                                                                                College of Agricultural Sciences                         127



FST 422. FOOD CHEMISTRY (5). An integrated           FST 491. FOOD PROCESSING CALCULATIONS                FST 560. BREWING SCIENCE (3). Chemistry,
lecture/lab course in food chemistry. The lecture    LABORATORY (1). Experiments in a pilot plant         microbiology and engineering of malting and
portion of the course focuses on the theoretical     supported by a computer laboratory. Prepare          brewing operations for the production of beer,
basis of common food phenomena related to            samples of novel process technology products.        including the compositional analysis of barley,
the macrocomponents of foods (water, proteins,       PREREQS: Microsoft Excel skills. COREQS:             malt, hops, water, and beer and their effects on
carbohydrates and lipids). The laboratory            FST 490                                              beer quality. PREREQS: MB 302 and BEE 452.
component provides opportunities for students to
manipulate food/model systems to gain a better       FST 495. FOOD PACKAGING (2). Fundamentals            FST 561. BREWING ANALYSIS (3).
understanding of the functional properties, and      of food packaging covering the major packaging       Compositional analysis, laboratory techniques and
related reactivity, of food macrocomponents.         solutions with a focus on plastic, paper, and        sensory evaluation of barley, malt, hops, water,
PREREQS: CH 332 or CH 335 and BB 350 or              paperboard. PREREQS: Junior standing in a            yeast and beer. Lec/lab. PREREQS: Must be 21
equivalent.                                          physical or biological science-based major.          years of age. WR 222 or WR 327 recommended.

FST 423. FOOD ANALYSIS (4). An integrated            FST 499. SPECIAL STUDIES (16).                       FST 566. WINE PRODUCTION PRINCIPLES
laboratory/lecture course covering methods                                                                (3). Principles of wine production technology from
                                                     FST 501. RESEARCH (1-16). This course                grape berry development through bottling, covering
used for the quantitative analysis of the chemical   is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
composition of foods and agricultural products.                                                           the microbiology and chemistry of fermentation,
                                                     PREREQS: Departmental approval required.             aging and production practices of red and white
PREREQS: CH 324, CH 337, BB 350.
                                                     FST 503. THESIS (1-16). This course is               table wines, as well as sparkling and dessert wines.
FST 424. ^FOOD FORMULATION CHEMISTRY                 repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.              PREREQS: BB 350 and MB 302.
(3). Application of principles of food chemistry
and analysis to product formulation. Student         FST 505. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).              FST 567. WINE PRODUCTION, ANALYSIS,
teams determine the composition of a commercial      This course is repeatable for a maximum of           AND SENSORY EVALUATION (5). An integrated
food product with the objective of formulating       16 credits. PREREQS: Departmental approval           lecture/lab course that focuses on the practical
a replica from standard ingredients. Includes        required.                                            fundamentals of red and white wine production.
preparation of a technical project report with                                                            Students will make wine and monitor its
                                                     FST 507. SEMINAR (1). This course is                 progression from the grape to the bottle using
revision. (Writing Intensive Course) PREREQS:        repeatable for a maximum of 2 credits.
FST 423, WR 222 or WR 327.                                                                                standard chemical, microbial, and sensorial
                                                     FST 510. INTERNSHIP (1-16). This course is           techniques. PREREQS: FST 566. COREQS:
FST 460. BREWING SCIENCE (3). Chemistry,             repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.              FST 579
microbiology and engineering of malting and
brewing operations for the production of beer,       FST 514. HEALTH BENEFITS OF FUNCT                    FST 579. FERMENTATION MICROBIOLOGY
including the compositional analysis of barley,      FOODS, NUTRACEUT, DIETARY SUPPLEMEN                  (3). An introduction to industrial microbiology
malt, hops, water, and beer and their effects on     (3). Functional foods, nutraceuticals and dietary    with a focus on the physiology of fermentation
beer quality. PREREQS: MB 302 and BEE 452.           supplements represent a rapidly expanding            and use of microorganisms for the production of
                                                     segment of domestic and international markets.       food ingredients, fermented foods, and beverages.
FST 461. ^BREWING ANALYSIS (3).                      This course will overview the principles and         CROSSLISTED as MB 479/MB 579. PREREQS:
Compositional analysis, laboratory techniques        procedures necessary to evaluate and market          (BB 350 or BI 314) and MB 302.
and sensory evaluation of barley, malt, hops,        these products. The chemistry and mechanisms
water, yeast and beer. Lec/lab. (Writing Intensive                                                        FST 590. FOOD PROCESSING CALCULATIONS
                                                     of major nutraceutical ingredient categories         (2). Application of engineering principles to
Course) PREREQS: FST 460 and MB 440 and              and current scientific information supporting
MB 441 and (BEE 452 or BRE 452) and WR 121                                                                produce safe processed foods meeting consumer
                                                     their biochemical and physiological efficacy will     expectations for safety and quality. Validate
and Must be 21 years of age. WR 222 or WR 327        be addressed. Special dietary products, such
recommended.                                                                                              process engineering models by comparing
                                                     as medical, weight control, sport, and herbal        predicted values with new experimental data.
FST 466. WINE PRODUCTION PRINCIPLES                  supplements, will be addressed. Regulatory           PREREQS: BEE 552 and MB 540 and Microsoft
(3). Principles of wine production technology        aspects of labeling and structure-function claims    Excel skills.
from grape berry development through bottling,       will be covered. CROSSLISTED as NUTR 514.
covering the microbiology and chemistry of           PREREQS: CH 332, BB 350.                             FST 591. FOOD PROCESSING CALCULATIONS
fermentation, aging and production practices of                                                           LABORATORY (1). Experiments in a pilot plant
                                                     FST 520. SENSORY EVALUATION OF FOOD                  supported by a computer laboratory. Prepare
red and white table wines, as well as sparkling      (3). For FST majors and nonmajors. Procedures
and dessert wines. PREREQS: BB 350 and                                                                    samples of novel process technology products.
                                                     and test methods used to evaluate the sensory        PREREQS: Microsoft Excel skills. COREQS:
MB 302.                                              properties of foods. Lec/lab. PREREQS: ST 352        FST 590
FST 467. WINE PRODUCTION, ANALYSIS,                  or ST 412.
AND SENSORY EVALUATION (5). An integrated                                                                 FST 595. FOOD PACKAGING (2). Fundamentals
                                                     FST 521. FOOD LAW (3). Concepts, statutes,           of food packaging covering the major packaging
lecture/lab course that focuses on the practical     regulations, and agencies controlling the
fundamentals of red and white wine production.                                                            solutions with a focus on plastic, paper, and
                                                     production, processing, and distribution and         paperboard. PREREQS: Junior standing in a
Students will make wine and monitor its              promotion of food.
progression from the grape to the bottle using                                                            physical or biological science-based major.
standard chemical, microbial, and sensorial          FST 522. FOOD CHEMISTRY (5). An integrated           FST 599. SPECIAL STUDIES (16).
techniques. PREREQS: FST 466/ COREQS:                lecture/lab course in food chemistry. The lecture
FST 479                                              portion of the course focuses on the theoretical     FST 601. RESEARCH (1-16). This course
                                                     basis of common food phenomena related to            is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
FST 479. FERMENTATION MICROBIOLOGY                   the macrocomponents of foods (water, proteins,       PREREQS: Departmental approval required.
(3). An introduction to industrial microbiology      carbohydrates and lipids). The laboratory
with a focus on the physiology of fermentation                                                            FST 603. THESIS (1-16). This course is
                                                     component provides opportunities for students to     repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
and use of microorganisms for the production of      manipulate food/model systems to gain a better
food ingredients, fermented foods, and beverages.    understanding of the functional properties, and      FST 605. READING AND CONFERENCE
CROSSLISTED as MB 479/MB 579. PREREQS:               related reactivity, of food macrocomponents.         (1-16). This course is repeatable for a maximum
(BB 350 or BI 314) and MB 302.                       PREREQS: (CH 332 or CH 335) and BB 350 or            of 16 credits. PREREQS: Departmental approval
FST 480. TOPICS IN FERMENTATION (1-2).               equivalent.                                          required.
Selected topics in fermentation science will be      FST 523. FOOD ANALYSIS (4). An integrated            FST 607. SEMINAR (1). This course is
presented by department faculty and invited          laboratory/lecture course covering methods           repeatable for a maximum of 2 credits.
outside experts. Topics and format will change       used for the quantitative analysis of the chemical
each quarter. Students may take the course for       composition of foods and agricultural products.      FST 628. FLAVOR CHEMISTRY (3). The
1 or 2 credits as the topics change. Lec/lab. This   PREREQS: CH 324, CH 337, BB 350.                     definition of flavor, analytical methods in flavor
course is repeatable for a maximum of 8 credits.                                                          chemistry, and mechanisms of odor interaction
                                                     FST 524. FOOD FORMULATION CHEMISTRY                  in food system will be discussed. In addition,
FST 490. FOOD PROCESSING CALCULATIONS                (3). Application of principles of food chemistry     an integrated approach will be used to study
(2). Application of engineering principles to        and analysis to product formulation. Student         the flavor chemistry of economically-important
produce safe processed foods meeting consumer        teams determine the composition of a commercial      agricultural products in the Pacific Northwest such
expectations for safety and quality. Validate        food product with the objective of formulating       as dairy products, fruits, and alcoholic beverages.
process engineering models by comparing              a replica from standard ingredients. Includes        PREREQS: FST 522, FST 523.
predicted values with new experimental data.         preparation of a technical project report with
PREREQS: BEE 452 and MB 440 and Microsoft            revision. PREREQS: FST 423/FST 523, WR 222           FST 639. FOOD POLYMER SCIENCE
Excel skills.                                        or WR 327.                                           (3). Investigates the theoretical principles
                                                                                                          and structure-function relationships of food
                                                                                                          macromolecules. The theoretical principles are
                                                                                                          related, where possible, to observable phenomena
                                                                                                          during thermal processing and storage of foods.
                                                                                                          PREREQS: FST 422 or FST 522.
128        Oregon State University



GENETICS                                       GEN 530. Introduction to Population                  GEN 555. GENOME EXPRESSION AND
                                                Genetics (3)                                        REGULATION (4). Prokaryotic and eukaryotic
                                               GEN 554. Genome Organization, Structure,             systems will be used to describe recent
Barbara J. Taylor, Director                                                                         advances in understanding transcriptional and
3021 Agricultural and Life Sciences             and Maintenance (4)                                 posttranscriptional control mechanisms. Topics
Building                                       GEN 555. Genome Expression and                       include: microbial, yeast and mouse model
                                                Regulation (4)                                      systems; transcriptional control mechanisms;
Oregon State University                                                                             RNA processing, silencing and microRNAs;
                                               ST 511. Methods of Data Analysis (4)
Corvallis, OR 97331-7303                                                                            protein systhesis and posttranslational modification;
                                               A graduate seminar (507 or 607 level)
541-737-3799                                    offered by any biological science                   microarray- and mass spectrometry-based
541-737-3045 FAX                                                                                    expression genomics. CROSSLISTED as MCB 555.
                                                department (1 credit minimum)                       PREREQS: BB 451 or equivalent.
E-mail: millimag@cgrb.oregonstate.edu          And four graduate-level courses approved
Web site: http://agsci.oregonstate.edu/         by the student’s committee.                         GEN 556. CELL AND DEVELOPMENTAL
                                                                                                    BIOLOGY (4). Examination of molecular and
genetics/                                                                                           structural elements in eukaryotic cells and their
                                               The program of study must include 36                 relationship to function and development. Topics
ADJUNCT FACULTY                                credits of graduate course work (exclud-             include nuclear organization, membranes,
Professors Adams, Blouin, Buhler,              ing seminar, research, or thesis credits).           organelles, intracellular sorting, cell energetics,
                                               The MS degree requires 45 graduate cred-             cell signaling, cell motility, cell division cycle,
Carrington, Chen, Ciuffetti, Dolja,                                                                 and developmental processes of selected model
Dreher, Forsberg, Frei, Giovannoni,            its, and the PhD requires 108 graduate               organisms. Critical reading and writing skills will
Haig, Hayes, Hays, Hruby, Leid, Liston,        credits, including 36 credits devoted to             be emphasized. CROSSLISTED as MCB 556.
Mehlenbacher, Merrill, Meyer, D.               thesis preparation. Students participate             PREREQS: BB 450, BB 451 (biochemistry)
                                               in research designed to prepare them for             or equivalent; BI 311 (genetics) or equivalent.
Mok, M. Mok, Moore, Myers, Ream,                                                                    Recommended: BI 460 (cell biology) or equivalent;
Rohrmann, Savage, Strauss, Taylor,             careers in genetics.                                 MCB 554, MCB 555.
Wolpert, Zabriskie                                For additional information, contact
                                                                                                    GEN 573. CYTOGENETICS (4). Effects of
Associate Professors Bakalinsky,               Barbara Taylor, Director, Genetics Pro-              variations in chromosome structure and number.
Buermeyer, Field, Fowler, Greenwood,           gram, 3021 Agricultural and Life Sciences            Offered alternate years. CROSSLISTED as HORT
Howe, Mahmud, Riera-Lizarazu, Rivin,           Building, OSU, Corvallis, OR 97331-                  573, MCB 573. PREREQS: BI 311 or equivalent
                                               7303.                                                or instructor approval required.
Rockey, Vales
Assistant Professors Bennett, Chang,                                                                GEN 599. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). This course
                                               GENETICS GRADUATE MINOR                              is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
Denver, Freitag, Indra, Jin, Kioussi,
Mockler, Pastey                                                                                     GEN 601. RESEARCH (1-16). This course is
                                                 Graduate Areas of Concentration                    repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
Senior Instructor Ahern                          Molecular, developmental, and
                                                 quantitative genetics of microbes, plants,         GEN 603. THESIS (1-16). This course is
                                                 animals, and their viruses                         repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
Graduate Major                                                                                      GEN 605. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).
                                               For more details, see the departmental
Genetics (MA, MS, PhD)                                                                              This course is repeatable for a maximum of 16
                                               advisor.                                             credits.
  Graduate Areas of Concentration                                                                   GEN 620. DNA FINGERPRINTING (1).
  Molecular, developmental, and                COURSES                                              Principles and methods for producing and
  quantitative genetics of microbes, plants,   GEN 430. INTRODUCTION TO POPULATION
                                                                                                    analyzing DNA fingerprints. Offered alternate
  animals, and their viruses                   GENETICS (3). Genetic polymorphisms,
                                                                                                    years. CROSSLISTED as CSS 620, MCB 620.
                                               inbreeding, genetic drift, population subdivision
                                                                                                    PREREQS: BI 311 or CSS 430/CSS 530 or
                                               and gene flow, mutation and selection. Emphasis
                                                                                                    equivalent.
Graduate Minor                                 on applied rather than theoretical questions.
                                               Offered alternate years. PREREQS: BI 311 and         GEN 621. GENETIC MAPPING (1). Principles
Genetics                                       ST 351/ST 352.                                       and methods for constructing genetic maps
                                                                                                    comprised of molecular and other genetic
                                               GEN 501. RESEARCH (1-16). This course is
                                                                                                    markers. Offered alternate years. CROSSLISTED
The Genetics Program provides a com-           repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
                                                                                                    as CSS 621, MCB 621. PREREQS: BI 311 or
prehensive course of study, taught by          GEN 503. THESIS (1-16). This course is               CSS 430/CSS 530 or equivalent.
faculty drawn from throughout the uni-         repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
                                                                                                    GEN 622. MAPPING QUANTITATIVE TRAIT
versity, leading to Master of Science and      GEN 505. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).              LOCI (1). Principles and methods for mapping
Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Although         This course is repeatable for a maximum of 16        genes underlying phenotypically complex traits.
there is no undergraduate degree in            credits.                                             Offered alternate years. CROSSLISTED as CSS
                                                                                                    622, MCB 622. PREREQS: CSS 590 or ST 513
genetics, pre-baccalaureate students may       GEN 507. SEMINAR (1-16). One-credit sections.        or equivalent.
select the Genetics option in the biology      This course is repeatable for a maximum of 16
                                               credits.                                             GEN 625. PLANT MOLECULAR GENETICS (3).
degree program, Bioresource Research, or                                                            Structure, expression, and interactions of the plant
Crop and Soil Science.                         GEN 530. INTRODUCTION TO POPULATION                  nuclear, chloroplast and mitochondrial genomes.
                                               GENETICS (3). Genetic polymorphisms,                 Critical examination of the current literature on
                                               inbreeding, genetic drift, population subdivision    gene regulation, mobile genetic elements and
GENETICS (MA, MAg, MS, PhD)                    and gene flow, mutation and selection. Emphasis       biotechnology in higher plants. Offered alternate
                                               on applied rather than theoretical questions.
  Graduate Areas of Concentration              Offered alternate years. PREREQS: BI 311 and
                                                                                                    years. CROSSLISTED as BOT 625 and MCB 625.
  Molecular, developmental, and                                                                     PREREQS: BB 451 and MCB 555 or equivalents,
                                               ST 351/ST 352.                                       or instructor approval required.
  quantitative genetics of microbes, plants,
  animals, and their viruses                   GEN 554. GENOME ORGANIZATION,                        GEN 699. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). This course
                                               STRUCTURE, AND MAINTENANCE (4). How                  is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
A student enrolling in the Genetics Pro-       diverse organisms store their individual sets
gram should have completed one year of         of genetic information (genomes). Evolution of
physics and biology, two years of chemis-      genomes and gene families. Structures of DNA
                                               and chromatin. Biochemical and regulatory
try, an introductory genetics course, and      pathways that protect cellular genomes against
mathematics through calculus. For the          environmental and endogenous damage and
MS and PhD degrees in genetics, students       ensure transmission of faithful copies to progeny.
take the core genetics courses:                Remodeling of genomes by recombination and
                                               transposition. CROSSLISTED as MCB 554
BB 550/BB 551. General Biochemistry (4,3)      and TOX 554. PREREQS: BI 311 (genetics or
 or BB 590/BB 591/BB 592. Biochemistry         equivalent), BB 450, BB 451, (BB 452 or BB 490),
                                               BB 491, BB 492 (biochemistry) or equivalent.
 (3,3,3)
                                                                                   College of Agricultural Sciences                 129



HORTICULTURE                                  struction, and management of landscape          balanced college preparatory curriculum.
                                              plantings such as parks, gardens, golf          Course work in biology, chemistry, and
Anita Azarenko, Head                          courses, restoration projects, and sports       mathematics is strongly recommended.
4017 Ag and Life Sciences Building            fields. It is a science, an art, an avocation,   Course work in the social sciences, hu-
Oregon State University                       and a business.                                 manities, arts, and foreign languages is
Corvallis, OR 97331-7304                         Horticultural and other high value           also encouraged, and the student should
541-737-3695                                  specialty crops are the largest component       develop public speaking and writing
E-mail: azarenka@hort.oregonstate.edu         of Oregon’s agricultural industry. Land-        abilities.
Web site: http://hort.oregonstate.edu/        scape horticulture is a rapidly expanding          The program was designed to facilitate
                                              service industry in the urban areas of the      timely completion of degree require-
FACULTY                                       Pacific Northwest and throughout the             ments by transfer and postbaccalaureate
Professors Azarenko, Chen, Long,              nation. Excellent and varied career op-         students. Students intending to transfer
Mehlenbacher, Mallory-Smith, McGrath,         portunities exist for college graduates in      into the program from a two- or four-
Myers, Olsen, Righetti, Strik, Sugar,         both crop and landscape horticulture.           year institution should complete as
VanBuskirk                                       The undergraduate program provides           many of the lower-division requirements
Associate Professors Braunworth,              students with a solid background in the         as possible. Some professional-technical
Bubl, Castagnoli, Clough, Detweiler,          fundamental life and physical sciences,         courses from community colleges may be
Kaufman, Luna, McMahan, McReynolds,           as well as an understanding of the tech-        equivalent to lower-division horticulture
Nonogaki, Penhallegon, Regan, Renquist,       nologies and management systems used            courses. Equivalent credit can be given
Rosetta, Stone, Yang                          in the horticultural industry. Problem-         for such courses. Contact a departmental
Assistant Professors DeFrancesco,             solving and decision-making skills are          advisor for further information.
Golembiewski, Kaiser, Lambrinos,              stressed, as is student involvement. Field         For additional information about the
Langellotto, Miller, Owen, Peachey,           trips are an important component of             program, contact one of the undergradu-
Sagili, Skinkis, Walton, White                many of the courses.                            ate advisors: Kelly Donegan (undergradu-
Instructors Andrews, Bell, Fick,                 The program has six options:                 ate advisor, all options); Rob Golem-
Matthewson, Reynolds                             1. Ecological and                            biewski (Environmental Landscape
                                                     Sustainable Horticultural                option); John Lambrinos (Ecological and
COURTESY FACULTY                                     Production                               Sustainable Horticultural Production op-
Bassil, Bruck, Bryla, Finn, Fisher,              2. Environmental Landscape                   tion); Rob Golembiewski (Turf Manage-
Hummer, Lee, Martin, Reed, Scagel,               3. Horticultural Communication               ment option).
Schreiner, Wisniewski                            4. Horticultural Research
                                                 5. Turf Management                           GRADE REQUIREMENTS
ADJUNCT FACULTY                                  6. Viticulture and Enology                   Students pursuing a major or minor in
Bondi, Hays, Jensen, Kennedy                  The Ecological and Sustainable Hor-             horticulture are required to receive a
                                              ticultural Production option prepares           grade of C– or better in all horticulture
Undergraduate Major                           students for careers dealing directly or        courses that are required for completion
                                              indirectly with the production, breeding,       of their major and option, or minor. If a
Horticulture (BS)                             post-harvest handling, marketing, and           grade below C– is received in a horticul-
  Options                                     scientific study of horticultural crops.         ture course required for their major and
  Ecological and Sustainable Horticultural       The Environmental Landscape option           option, or minor, a student will need to
    Production                                prepares students to be practitioners and       re-take the course and receive a grade of
  Environmental Landscape                     leaders in the design, construction, and        C– or better. If the grade below a C– was
  Horticultural Communication                 installation of our green spaces.               received for a course that is part of a
  Horticultural Research                         The Horticultural Communication              group of courses where the student can
  Turf Management                             option enables students to gain expertise       select which courses to take (i.e., they do
  Viticulture and Enology                     in communications between different             not need to take all of the courses, just
                                              segments of the horticultural community         a specified number of courses or credits)
Minors                                        (business, government, and education/           then it would be acceptable for the
Entomology                                    extension) and the general public.              student to substitute a course for the one
General Horticulture                             The Horticultural Research option            that they had received a grade below a
Turf and Landscape Management                 prepares students to assist in research or      C–. For example, in most of our options,
                                              pursue graduate studies.                        a student needs to complete three of four
Graduate Major                                   The Turf Management option pre-              plant identification courses. If a student
                                              pares students for careers in golf course       received a grade lower than a C– in one
Horticulture (MAg, MS, PhD)
                                              maintenance and park and athletic field          of the classes, they could either re-take
  Graduate Areas of Concentration             maintenance.                                    the same course or complete the other
  Biotechnology/Molecular Biology                The Viticulture and Enology option           three courses with a grade of C– or better.
  Culture and Management of                   prepares students for careers in Oregon’s
    Horticultural Crop Production             growing vineyard and winery industry.           HORTICULTURE (BS, CRED, HBS)
  Genetics and Breeding                          All options allow the student consider-      BS Degree Baccalaureate
  Physiology and Biochemistry                 able flexibility to pursue a minor or to         Core Requirements (33)
                                              tailor course work to meet individual           All students must complete an option
Graduate Minor                                goals. Qualified students interested in          and its corresponding core to complete
Horticulture                                  the business aspects of horticulture are        the major.
                                              encouraged to pursue a minor in busi-
Horticulture involves the production,         ness. All undergraduates are required to        ECOLOGICAL AND SUSTAINABLE
genetic improvement, storage, and mar-        complete either an approved internship          HORTICULTURAL PRODUCTION
keting of fruits, nuts, vegetables, flowers,   or an undergraduate research project.           OPTION
and vegetable crops; and the design, con-        A high school student preparing              Students in the Ecological and Sustain-
                                              for the program should follow a well-           able Horticultural Production option
130       Oregon State University



gain the knowledge and skills neces-           HORT 411. Horticulture Book Club (1)             CH 122. *General Chemistry (5)
sary to plan and manage horticultural           Select two of the following courses:            CH 130. General Chemistry of Living
production systems for fruit, vegetable,        HORT 451. Tree Fruit Physiology and              Systems (4)
nursery, and greenhouse crops using              Culture (4)                                    MTH 112. *Elementary Functions (4)
environmentally sustainable practices.          HORT 480. Case Studies in Cropping              Plant Materials (5–6 credits)
They come to see horticulture as a way to        Systems Management (4)                         Select two of the following courses:
create and maintain vital and productive        HORT 481. Case Studies in Horticultural         BOT 425. Flora of the Pacific Northwest (3)
agro-ecosystems and understand the role          Systems Management (4)                         FOR 141. Tree and Shrub Identification (3)
of horticulture within a larger societal       Business Management (4)                          HORT 226. Landscape Plant Materials (3)
context which includes issues of ecology,      Select one of the following courses:             HORT 227. Landscape Plant Materials (3)
economics, and politics.                       AREC 211. Management in Agriculture (4)          HORT 228. Landscape Plant Materials (3)
   The Ecological and Sustainable Horti-       BA 215. Money and Investment                     HORT 251. Temperate Tree Fruit, Berries,
cultural Production option stresses active      Management: Manager, Lender, Investor            Grapes, and Nuts (2)
learning, case studies about real-world         Viewpoint (4)                                   HORT 255. Herbaceous Ornamental Plant
situations, and integrating ideas and facts    BA 260. Introduction to Entrepreneurship (4)      Materials (3)
from many different subjects. Ecological       Government and Policy (4)                        HORT 433. Systematics and Adaptation of
and Sustainable Horticultural Produc-          Select one of the following courses:              Vegetable Crops (4)
tion graduates will be active learners,        PS 201. *Intro to U.S. Government and            Agricultural Sciences (18)
and possess skills prized by employers          Politics (4)                                    BOT 350. Introductory Plant Pathology (4)
and useful for establishing their own          PS 331. State and Local Government and           CSS 305. Principles of Soil Science (4)
enterprises. They will have a broad and         Politics (4)                                    CSS 306. Problem Solving: Soil Science
thorough knowledge of horticulture and         PS 474. Natural Resource Policy and               Applications (1)
                                                Bureaucratic Politics (4)                       CSS 440. Weed Management (4)
the skills and knowledge needed to iden-
                                               PS 475. Environmental Politics and Policy (4)    ENT 311. Intro to Insect Pest Management
tify, develop, and practice ecological and
sustainable methods. They will be able         Ecology and Sustainability (6–8)                  (5)
to think critically. They will be skilled in   (Meets University Core Synthesis Requirement)    Horticulture (17)
finding and using information, as well          Contemporary Global Issues (Select               HORT 111. Introduction to Horticultural
as synthesizing information from many           one of the following:)                           Crop Production (2)
sources to analyze novel situations and        AREC 351. *Natural Resource Economics            HORT 301. Principles of Horticultural
                                                and Policy (3)                                   Technology (4)
solve problems in the field.
                                               AREC 461. *^Agricultural and Food Policy         HORT 407. Seminar (1)
Option Requirements                             Issues (4)                                      HORT 410. Internship (1–12)
Horticultural Science and                      BI 301. *Human Impacts on Ecosystems (3)          or HORT 403. Thesis (1–16)
Technology Core (33)                           BI 306. *^Environmental Ecology (3)              HORT 412. Career Exploration: Internships
BEE 439. Irrigation Principles and Practices   BI 349. *Biodiversity: Causes, Consequences       and Research Projects (1)
 (4)                                            and Conservation (3)                            HORT 495. Horticultural Management
BOT 331. Plant Physiology (4)                  CSS 330. *World Food Crops (3)                    Plans (3)
CSS 415. Soil Fertility Management (3)         FOR 365. *Issues in Natural Resources            Footnotes:
HORT 302. Principles of Horticultural           Conservation (3)                                * Baccalaureate Core Course
 Technology (4)                                FW 325. *Global Crises in Resource Ecology (3)   ^ Writing Intensive Course
HORT 311. ^Plant Propagation (4)               GEO 300. *Environmental Conservation
HORT 316. M/Plant Nutrition (4)                 and Sustainability (3)                          ENVIRONMENTAL
HORT 318. Applied Ecology of Managed           GEO 311. *20th Century U.S.                      LANDSCAPE OPTION
 Ecosystems (3)                                 Environmental Policy (3)                        The landscape industry is a large
HORT 414. Information Systems in               GEO 330. *^Geography of Internat’l               ($72 billion annual output in the U.S.),
 Agriculture (4)                                Develop. and Globalization (3)
                                                                                                diverse profession offering careers in
HORT 430. Plant Genetics (3)                   Science, Technology and Society
                                                (Select one of the following)                   landscape design, landscape construc-
Advanced Horticultural Production                                                               tion, landscape management, landscape
                                                AREC 352. *Environmental Economics
and Technology (10)                               and Policy (3)                                restoration, conservation, park manage-
Select 10 credits from the following:           BI 430. *Biotechnologies: Agriculture,
                                                                                                ment, botanical and public gardens,
HORT 260. Organic Farming and Gardening           Food and Resource Issues (3)                  urban forestry, research, consulting, and
 (3)                                                                                            interiorscaping. Landscape profession-
                                                CSS 335. *Introduction to Water Science
HORT 303. Horticultural Projects (2)              and Policy (3)                                als design, build, and manage aesthetic,
HORT 351. Floriculture and Greenhouse           CSS 395. *World Soil Resources (3)              functional, and environmentally respon-
 Systems (4)                                                                                    sible spaces where we all live, work, and
                                                ENSC 479. *^Environmental Case Studies (3)
HORT 361. M/Greenhouse and Nursery                                                              play. In recent years, the industry has ex-
 Production and Management I (1–4)              GEO 300. *Environmental Conservation
                                                  and Sustainability (3)                        panded and rapidly become more sophis-
HORT 363. Seed Biology (3)                                                                      ticated to meet the challenges of today’s
HORT 441. Plant Tissue Culture (4)              HSTS 421. *Technology and Change (4)
                                                HSTS 470. *Ecology and History:                 urban environment. Consequently, there
HORT 450. Plant Breeding (4)
                                                  Landscapes of the Columbia Basin (3)          is great demand for creative, motivated
HORT 451. Tree Fruit Physiology and
 Culture (4)                                    NUTR 312. *Issues in Nutrition and Health       individuals who love the outdoors and
HORT 452. Berry and Grape Physiology and
                                                  (3)                                           enjoy working with plants, soil, water,
 Culture (4)                                    PS 476. *Science and Politics (4)               nature, and people.
HORT 453. Grapevine Growth and                  RNG 477. *Agroforestry (3)                         The Environmental Landscape option
 Physiology (3)                                 Z 348. *Human Ecology (3)                       curriculum is built on science-based
HORT 454. Principles and Practices of          Horticulture Core                                information and provides students with
 Vineyard Production (3)                                                                        the latest technology and trends in the
                                               Preparatory Science Classes (30–31)              field. Hands-on labs, field trips, and
Horticultural Synthesis (13)                   BI 211, BI 212, BI 213. *Principles of
HORT 300. Introduction to Crop                  Biology (4,4,4)                                 internships are important steps in expe-
 Production (4)                                CH 121. General Chemistry (5)                    riencing and choosing from the many
                                                                                                career options available. In addition, the
                                                                                    College of Agricultural Sciences                    131



activities conducted through the OSU            industries to government policy makers;         NMC 383. Field Production (4)
Landscape Club supplement the option’s          educators and researchers share research        NMC 481. Post Production (4)
curriculum.                                     results with those who could benefit             NMC 482. Documentary (4)
Option Requirements                             from them; public information officers of        WR 448. Magazine Article Writing (3)
AG 312. Engine Theory and Operation (3)         public/private agricultural organizations      Agricultural Issues Area (30)
BA 215. Money and Investment                    alert donors and stakeholders to issues        AREC 475. M/Negotiation in Business and
 Management: Manager, Lender and                of mutual interest. The Horticultural           Resource Management (1)
 Investor Viewpoint (4)                         Communication option was developed             COMM 114. *Argument and Critical
 or BA 260. Introduction to                     to meet these needs in the field.                Discourse (3) (Wr III)
 Entrepreneurship (4)                              The option serves to produce gradu-         COMM 218. *Interpersonal
CSS 335. *Intro to Water Science and Policy     ates with expertise in communications           Communication (3) (Wr III)
 (3)                                            between different segments of the hor-         PS 414. Interest Groups (4)
HORT 280. Intro to Landscape Design (3)         ticultural community (business, govern-        PS 415. Politics and the Media (4)
HORT 314. Principles of Turfgrass               ment, and education/extension) and the          Choose 4 credits from the following:
 Maintenance (4)
                                                general public. Graduates will possess          PS 474. Natural Resource Policy and
HORT 315. Principles and Practices of                                                             Bureaucratic Politics (4)
 Landscape Management (4)                       two subsets of skills:
                                                   Horticultural skills to actively investi-    PS 475. Environmental Politics and Policy (4)
HORT 316. M/Plant Nutrition (4)
                                                gate horticultural problems and situa-          Choose 12 credits from the
HORT 318. Applied Ecology of Managed
                                                tions, the acquisition of a broad, deep           following:
 Ecosystems (3)
HORT 358. ^Landscape Construction               foundation of horticultural knowledge,          COMM 314. Argumentation (3)
 Techniques (4)                                 and the ability to actively synthesize          COMM 316. Advanced Persuasion (3)
HORT 360. Landscape Construction:               and apply that knowledge to real world          COMM 321. Intro to Communication
 Irrigation and Drainage (4)                    issues.                                           Theory (3)
HORT 380. Advanced Landscape Design                Communication skills with emphases           COMM 322. Small-Group Problem Solving
 Studio (3)                                     on the business, education or political           (3)
HORT 385. ^Landscape Operations (3)             arenas, and knowledge from course work          COMM 440. Theories of Conflict and
                                                                                                  Conflict Management (3)
Horticulture Core                               that includes print, broadcast, and digital
                                                                                                COMM 442. Bargaining and Negotiation
Preparatory Science Classes                     modes of delivery.                                Processes (3)
BI 211, BI 212, BI 213. Principles of Biology   Option Requirements (67–68)                     COMM 444. Third Parties in Dispute
 (4,4,4)                                                                                          Resolution: Mediation (3)
                                                Horticulture (30)
CH 121. General Chemistry (5)                   Upper–division HORT courses (18)               Horticulture Core (70–75 )
CH 122, CH 123. *General Chemistry (5,5)        HORT 300. Intro to Crop Production (4)
MTH 112. *Elementary Functions (4)                                                             General Science (30)
                                                HORT 302. Principles of Horticultural          BI 211, BI 212, BI 213. *Principles of
Plant Materials (select 3 of the                 Technology (4)
 following 4 classes):                                                                          Biology (4,4,4)
                                                HORT 311. ^Plant Propagation (4)               CH 121. General Chemistry (5)
 HORT 226. Landscape Plant Materials (3)
                                                Communication Core                             CH 122. *General Chemistry (5)
 HORT 227. Landscape Plant Materials (3)
                                                (7 credits not in Bacc Core)                   CH 130. General Chemistry of Living
 HORT 228. Landscape Plant Materials (3)                                                        Systems (4)
                                                COMM 111. *Public Speaking (3) (Wr III)
 HORT 255. Herbaceous Ornamental Plant                                                         MTH 112. *Elementary Functions (4)
   Materials (3)                                WR 201. *Writing for Media (3) (Wr II)

Agricultural Sciences                           Choose one of the three areas of               Plant Materials (5–7)
BOT 350. Introductory Plant Pathology (4)       concentration from below:                      Choose 2 courses from the following:
CSS 305. Principles of Soil Science (4)                                                        FOR 141. Tree and Shrub Identification (3)
                                                Marketing Area                                 HORT 226. Landscape Plant Materials (3)
CSS 306. Problem Solving: Soil Science          (31 credits of non-Bacc Core courses)
 Applications (1)                                                                              HORT 227. Landscape Plant Materials (3)
                                                BA 390. Marketing (4)
CSS/ENT 311. Intro to Insect Pest                                                              HORT 228. Landscape Plant Materials (3)
                                                ECON 201. *Intro to Microeconomics (4)
 Management (5)                                                                                HORT 251. Temperate Tree Fruit, Berries,
                                                WR 214. *Writing in Business (3)                Grapes, and Nuts (2)
CSS 440. Weed Management (4)                    WR 414. Advertising and Public Relations       HORT 255. Herbaceous Ornamental Plant
Horticulture                                     Writing (3)                                    Materials (3)
HORT 112. Introduction to Turf and               Choose 18 credits from the                    HORT 433. Systematics and Adaptation of
 Landscape Management (2)                         following:                                    Vegetable Crops (4)
HORT 301. Principles of Horticultural            BA 492. Consumer Behavior (4)
 Technology (4)                                    or BA 493. Advertising Management (4)       Agricultural Sciences (18)
HORT 302. Principles of Horticultural                                                          BOT 350. Introductory Plant Pathology (4)
                                                 COMM 316. Advanced Persuasion (3)
 Technology (4)                                                                                CSS 305. Principles of Soil Science (4)
                                                 CS 195. Intro to Web Authoring (4)            CSS 306. Problem Solving: Soil Science
HORT 407. Seminar (1)
                                                 CS 295. Intermediate Web Authoring (4)         Applications (1)
HORT 410. Internship (1–12)
                                                 NMC 383. Field Production (4)                 CSS 440. Weed Management (4)
 or Hort 403. Thesis (6–16)
                                                 NMC 481. Post Production (4)                  ENT 311. Introduction to Insect Pest
HORT 412. Career Exploration: Internships
 and Research Projects (1)                      Media/Education Area (30)                       Management (5)
                                                NMC 302. Reporting (3)                         Horticulture (17–20)
HORTICULTURAL                                   NMC 305. Copyediting (3)                       HORT 111. Introduction to Horticultural
COMMUNICATION OPTION                            WR 327. *Technical Writing (3)                  Crop Production (2)
Effective communication skills are               Choose 21 credits from the                     or HORT 112. Introduction to Turf and
crucial to the success of many sectors            following:                                    Landscape Management (2)
of modern, professional horticulture:            COMM 412. Topics in Communication (3)         HORT 301. Principles of Horticultural
Horticultural companies and commod-              FOR 391. Natural Resource                      Technology (4)
ity groups market their products to the           Communications (3)                           HORT 407. Seminar (1)
general public; horticultural profes-            FOR 493. Environmental Interpretation (4)     HORT 410. Internship (1–12)
                                                 FOR 495. Interpretive Projects (2)             or HORT 403. Thesis (1–16)
sionals communicate the needs of their
132      Oregon State University



HORT 412. Career Exploration (1)               or BI 370. Ecology (3)                     hands-on experience, and decision
HORT 495. Horticultural Management             or HORT 318. Applied Ecology of            making in real world settings. Active
 Plans (3)                                     Managed Ecosystems (3)                     participation in student clubs, class field
Footnotes:                                    CH 331, CH 332. Organic Chemistry (4, 4)    labs and out-of-class internship work ex-
* Baccalaureate core course                   CH 337. Organic Chemistry Lab (4)           periences is critical to success. Activities
^ Writing intensive course                    MB 230. *Introductory Microbiology (4)      stress networking and exposure to mul-
                                              Foundation sciences not covered             tiple work environments to help students
HORTICULTURAL                                 by the Horticulture Core (18)               integrate into the industry.
RESEARCH OPTION                               MTH 252. Integral Calculus (4)              Option Requirements
The Horticultural Research option is          PH 201, PH 202. *General Physics (5,5)      AG 312. Engine Theory and Operation (3)
designed for students interested in gradu-    ST 351. Intro to Statistical Methods (4)    BA 215. Money and Investment
ate school and a career in academic or                                                     Management: Manager, Lender, Investor
industrial research. It provides an excel-    Communication                                Viewpoint (4)
                                              COMM 111. *Public Speaking (3)
lent foundation in the natural sciences                                                   CSS 335. *Intro to Water Science and Policy (3)
                                              WR 121. *English Composition (3)
and horticulture, and accommodates                                                        HORT 311. ^Plant Propagation (4)
                                              WR 327. *Technical Writing (3)
the specific interests of each student.                                                    HORT 314. Principles of Turfgrass
Graduates of this program will be criti-      Horticulture Core (39–41)                    Maintenance (4)
cal thinkers, and experienced technical       General Science (31)                        HORT 316. M/Plant Nutrition: Nutrient
communicators. They will be skilled in        BI 211, BI 212, BI 213. *Principles of       Absorption, Plant Composition (Sect. a) (2)
finding and using information, as well          Biology (4,4,4)                            HORT 316. M/Plant Nutrition: Diagnosing
as synthesizing information from many         CH 221, CH 222, CH 223. *General             Nutritional Disorders (Sect. b) (1)
sources to analyze novel situations and        Chemistry (5,5,5)                            and HORT 317. Turf Fertility (1)
solve problems.                               MTH 251. *Differential Calculus (4)         HORT 318. Applied Ecology of Managed
                                                                                           Ecosystems (3)
   The relationship between the student       Plant Materials (2–4)                        or Ecology Elective (3–4)
and the research mentor is a key feature      Select one of the following courses:        HORT 360. Landscape Construction:
of this program. The mentor will assist       FOR 141. Tree and Shrub Identification (3)    Irrigation and Drainage (4)
the student in choosing upper—division        HORT 226. Landscape Plant Materials (3)     HORT 418. Golf Course Maintenance (4)
classes that match the student’s interests.   HORT 227. Landscape Plant Materials (3)      Select three of the following:
Each student also completes a two—year        HORT 228. Landscape Plant Materials (3)
                                                                                           BOT 313. Plant Structure (4)
research project under the guidance of        HORT 251. Temperate Tree Fruit, Berries,
                                                                                           CSS 460. Seed Production (3)
his/her mentor, and writes an under-           Grapes, and Nuts (2)
graduate thesis. Students can work with       HORT 255. Herbaceous Ornamental Plant        CSS 466. Soil Morphology/Classification (4)
Horticulture researchers on the OSU cam-       Materials (3)                               HORT 280. Intro to Landscape Design (3)
pus or at research institutions of their      HORT 433. Systematics and Adaptation of      HORT 315. Principles and Practices of
                                               Vegetable Crops (4)                           Landscape Maintenance (4)
choosing. Our undergraduates have been
                                                                                           HORT 358. ^Landscape Construction
welcomed at local research institutions       Horticulture (7)                               Techniques (4)
including the United States Department        HORT 111. Introduction to Horticultural
                                                                                           HORT 360. Landscape Construction:
of Agriculture-Agricultural Research           Crop Production (2)
                                                                                             Irrigation and Drainage (4)
Service laboratories, the National Clonal     HORT 301. Principles of Horticultural
                                               Technology (4)                              HORT 380. Advanced Landscape
Germplasm Repository in Corvallis, the                                                       Design Studio (3) Not required for turf
Corvallis Plant Materials Center of the       HORT 412. Career Exploration: Internships      management.
                                               and Research Projects (1)
National Resources Conservation Service,                                                  Horticulture Core (70–81 credits)
and the North Willamette Research and         Total=99
Extension Center.                                                                         Preparatory Science Classes
                                              TURF MANAGEMENT OPTION                      BI 211, BI 212, BI 213. *Principles of
Option Requirements                                                                        Biology (4,4,4)
                                              The turf industry offers professional op-
Research (11)                                                                             CH 121. General Chemistry (5)
                                              portunities in golf course maintenance,
HORT 403. Thesis (6)                                                                      CH 122, CH 123. *General Chemistry (5,5)
                                              park and athletic field maintenance, and
HORT/BRR 406. Projects: Data Presentations                                                MTH 112. *Elementary Functions (4)
 (1)
                                              landscape maintenance. This continually
                                              growing industry offers more career track   Plant Materials (9 credits)
HORT 407. Seminar (1)                                                                     Select three of the following four
PHL 547. *Research Ethics (3)                 jobs than any other area in horticulture.
                                              Golf course maintenance, leading to          courses:
Horticulture and specialized life             positions such as golf course superinten-   HORT 226. Landscape Plant Materials (3)
science courses (39)                          dent, historically has drawn the most       HORT 227. Landscape Plant Materials (3)
CSS 305. Principles of Soil Science (4)       students and is the largest component of    HORT 228. Landscape Plant Materials (3)
CSS 306. Problem Solving: Soil Science        the curriculum. Graduates in this option    HORT 255. Herbaceous Ornamental Plant
 Applications (1)                                                                          Materials (3)
                                              compete well for top jobs throughout the
HORT 311. ^Plant Propagation (4)                                                          Agricultural Sciences
                                              West, with most finding work in Oregon,
HORT 316. M/Plant Nutrition (Modules a                                                    BOT 350. Introductory Plant Pathology (4)
 and b) (2,1)                                 Washington, and California. Athletic
                                              field maintenance is emerging as a strong    CSS 305. Principles of Soil Science (4)
HORT 430. Plant Genetics (3)                                                              CSS 306. Problem Solving: Soil Science
                                              career track opportunity as well.
Horticulture and Life Sciences                   Students in this curriculum must          Applications (1)
Select upper-division courses with ap-        have a passion for the outdoors, for turf   CSS 440. Weed Management (4)
proval of research mentor (24)                maintenance, and for working with other     CSS/ENT 311. Intro to Insect Pest
                                                                                           Management (5)
Foundation courses to prepare for             people in a team context. Prior practi-
specialized study (26)                        cal work experience and a willingness to    Horticulture
BB 350. Elementary Biochemistry (4)           work summers and/or extended intern-        HORT 112. Introduction to Turf and
BOT 331. Plant Physiology (4)                 ships while at OSU is a characteristic       Landscape Management (2)
BOT 341. Plant Ecology (4)                    shared by our students. The curriculum      HORT 301. Principles of Horticultural
                                                                                           Technology (4)
                                              focuses on science, technology, ‘in field’
                                                                                        College of Agricultural Sciences                        133



HORT 407. Seminar (1)                             BA 215. Money and Investment                     HORT 315. Principles and Practices of
HORT 410. Internship (1–12)                        Management: Manager, Lender, Investor            Landscape Maintenance (4)
 or HORT 403. Thesis (1–16)                        Viewpoint (4)                                   HORT 280. Intro to Landscape Design (3)
HORT 412. Career Exploration: Internship          BA 260. Intro to Entrepreneurship (4)            HORT 358. Landscape Construction
 and Research Project (1,1)                                                                         Techniques (4)
                                                  Total=63
Footnotes:                                                                                          Select two courses from the
                                                  Horticulture Core                                  following:
* Bacc Core Course
^ Writing Intensive Course                        Preparatory Science Classes                       HORT 226. Landscape Plant Materials (3)
                                                  BI 211, BI 212, BI 213. *Principles of            HORT 227. Landscape Plant Materials (3)
VITICULTURE                                        Biology (4,4,4)                                  HORT 228. Landscape Plant Materials (3)
AND ENOLOGY OPTION                                CH 121. General Chemistry (5)                     And one of the following:
The Oregon wine industry has experi-              CH 122, CH 123. *General Chemistry (5,5)          HORT 314. Principles of Turfgrass
enced steady growth since wine grape              MTH 112. *Elementary Functions (4)                 Maintenance (4)
production began in 1961. Oregon now              Plant Materials                                   HORT 318. Applied Ecology of Managed
ranks second nationally in number of              HORT 251. Temperate Tree Fruit, Berries,           Landscapes (3)
wineries, and Oregon wine produc-                  Grapes, and Nuts (2)                             HORT 360. Landscape Construction:
tion output is the fourth highest in the                                                             Irrigation and Drainage (4)
                                                  Agricultural Sciences
United States. Vineyards and wineries             BOT 350. Introductory Plant Pathology (4)        Total=27–28
have also become an integral part of the          CSS 305. Principles of Soil Science (4)
Oregon tourism industry.                          CSS 306. Problem Solving: Soil Science           HORTICULTURE (MAg, MS, PhD)
   The Viticulture and Enology curricu-            Applications (1)
                                                                                                     Graduate Areas of Concentration
lum addresses the educational needs of            CSS 440. Weed Management (4)                       Biotechnology/molecular biology, culture
vineyard managers and professionals.              ENT 311. Intro to Pest Management (5)              and management of horticultural crop
The curriculum stresses active learning,                                                             production, genetics and breeding,
                                                  Horticulture
case studies about real-world situations,         HORT 111. Introduction to Horticultural            physiology and biochemistry
and integrating ideas and facts from               Crop Production (2)                             The Department of Horticulture offers
many different subjects. Viticulture and          HORT 301. Principles of Horticultural            Master of Agriculture, Master of Sci-
Enology graduates will be active learners,         Technology (4)                                  ence, and Doctor of Philosophy degree
and possess the skills prized by employ-          HORT 407. Seminar (1)                            programs. In consultation with a gradu-
ers. They will have a broad, thorough             HORT 410. Internship (1–12)                      ate advisor, students in the MS and PhD
knowledge of viticulture and related               or HORT 403. Thesis (6–16)                      programs select thesis topics that are
topics, and will understand how their             HORT 412. Career Exploration: Internships        complementary to an ongoing research
actions in the field affect the quality of          and Research Projects (1)                       program. Thesis research topics are in
the finished wine. They will be able to            HORT 495. Horticultural Management               physiology, biochemistry, biotechnology,
think critically. They will be skilled in          Plans (3)                                       molecular biology, genetics, breeding,
finding and using information, as well                                                              or culture and management of fruit,
as synthesizing information from many             HORTICULTURE MINOR                               vegetable, or ornamental crops.
sources to analyze novel situations and           Requirements                                        Since Oregon is a major horticultural
solve problems in the field.                       HORT 111. Intro to Horticultural Crop            area, departmental research and gradu-
Option Requirements                                Production (2)                                  ate programs are oriented to basic and
                                                  HORT 301, HORT 302. Principles of                applied mission-oriented investigations
Foundation Sciences                                Horticultural Technology (4,4)
BI 314. Cell and Molecular Biology (4)                                                             with clearly defined objectives.
                                                  At least 17 additional credits in horticulture
BB 350. Elementary Biochemistry (4)                including at least 6 upper-division credits.       Research and teaching assistantships
BOT 331. Plant Physiology (4)                                                                      are available as resources permit, as is
CH 331, CH 332. Organic Chemistry (4, 4)          Total=27                                         graduate student office space. Graduate
MB 302. General Microbiology (3)                                                                   students are not required to show pro-
                                                  TURF AND LANDSCAPE                               ficiency in a foreign language, but they
Horticulture Synthesis                            MANAGEMENT MINOR                                 must participate in graduate seminar
HORT 300. Introduction to Crop
 Production (4)                                   Requirements                                     presentations. A 4-credit teaching experi-
                                                  CSS 305. Principles of Soil Science (4)          ence is required of doctoral students
HORT 481. Case Studies in Horticultural
 Systems Management (4)                           CSS 306. Problem Solving: Soil Science           receiving assistantships.
                                                   Applications (1)                                   For more information or to apply,
Viticulture                                                                                        contact a member of the graduate faculty
HORT 311. ^Plant Propagation (4)                  Plus courses listed under
                                                  Turf Focus or Landscape Focus                    or Dr. Shawn Mehlenbacher, Graduate
HORT 316. M/Plant Nutrition (4)
                                                                                                   Coordinator, Department of Horticul-
HORT 452. Berry and Grape Physiology and          Turf Focus
 Culture (4)                                      HORT 112. Intro to Turf and Landscape            ture, Agricultural and Life Sciences 4017,
HORT 453. Grapevine Growth and                     Management (2)                                  OSU, Corvallis, OR 97331-7304, e-mail:
 Physiology (3)                                   HORT 301. Principles of Horticultural            mehlenbs@hort.oregonstate.edu.
HORT 454. Principles and Practices of              Technology (4)
 Vineyard Production (3)                          HORT 314. Principles of Turfgrass                HORTICULTURE
                                                   Maintenance (4)                                 GRADUATE MINOR
Fermentation Science                                                                               For more details, see the departmental
                                                  HORT 315. Principles and Practices of
FST 251. Intro to Wines, Beers, and Spirits (3)
                                                   Landscape Maintenance (4)                       advisor.
FST 466. Wine Production Principles (3)
                                                  HORT 360. Landscape Construction:
FST 467. Wine Production, Analysis, and            Irrigation and Drainage (4)
  Sensory Evaluation (5)
                                                                                                   COURSES
                                                  HORT 418. Golf Course Maintenance (4)            HORT 111. INTRODUCTION TO
Business Management                                                                                HORTICULTURAL CROP PRODUCTION (2).
Select one of the following courses:
                                                  Total=27                                         Characteristics of commercial horticulture; survey
                                                                                                   of commercial horticultural systems with emphasis
AREC 211. Management in Agriculture (4)           Landscape Focus                                  on the Pacific Northwest; career opportunities in
                                                  HORT 112. Intro to Turf and Landscape            horticulture. Required field trips.
                                                   Management (2)
134         Oregon State University



HORT 112. INTRODUCTION TO TURF AND                    selection, and drafting skills will be emphasized.      and mitigation; landscape management. Field trip
LANDSCAPE MANAGEMENT (2). Survey                      PREREQS: HORT 226, HORT 227, HORT 228.                  required. PREREQS: General biology or botany
of turf and landscape management industry                                                                     sequence.
with emphasis on the Pacific Northwest; career         HORT 299. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). This course
opportunities. Required field trips.                   is repeatable for a maximum of 99 credits.              HORT 330. *PLAGUES, PESTS, AND POLITICS
                                                                                                              (3). Integration and interaction of agricultural and
HORT 199. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). This course          HORT 299H. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16).                       public health aspects of entomology in society and
is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.            PREREQS: Honors College approval required.              history. CROSSLISTED as BI 300 and ENT 300.
                                                      HORT 300. INTRODUCTION TO CROP                          (Bacc Core Course)
HORT 226. LANDSCAPE PLANT MATERIALS
(3). Identification of trees, shrubs, vines, and       PRODUCTION (4). Principles, practices, and              HORT 351. FLORICULTURE AND
ground covers used in landscape horticulture; their   issues relating to the production, marketing,           GREENHOUSE SYSTEMS (4). For students
use in plant composition.                             and improvement of horticultural and agronomic          interested in growing plants in commercial or
                                                      crops. Comparison of crop production systems;           educational greenhouses. Actively explores the
HORT 227. LANDSCAPE PLANT MATERIALS                   geography of crop production; cropping calendars.       production and scheduling of floriculture crops for
(3). Identification of trees, shrubs, vines, and       Lec/rec. CROSSLISTED as CSS 300. PREREQS:               various markets. Combines the practical aspects
ground covers used in landscape horticulture; their   One year of general biology or equivalent.              of growing floral crops under environments
use in plant composition.                                                                                     created by traditional and technologically
                                                      HORT 301. PRINCIPLES OF HORTICULTURAL
HORT 228. LANDSCAPE PLANT MATERIALS                   TECHNOLOGY (4). Principles and practices                advanced greenhouses. Greenhouse structures
(3). Identification of trees, shrubs, vines, and       relating to control of plant growth and                 and crop environment manipulation will be
ground covers, used in landscape horticulture;        development; manipulation of growth rate, plant         emphasized. Students actively manage a
their use in plant composition.                       form, flowering, fruiting, and dormancy by means         floriculture crop and are responsible for developing
                                                      of environment, chemicals, pruning, and training.       and implementing production schedules, and for
HORT 251. TEMPERATE TREE FRUIT,                       PREREQS: General biology or botany sequence.            making key decisions on the culture of diverse
BERRIES, GRAPES, AND NUTS (2). Covers                                                                         floral crops. PREREQS: HORT 301.
fruit and nut crops for temperate zones. Emphasis     HORT 302. PRINCIPLES OF HORTICULTURAL
placed on scientific and common names, plant           TECHNOLOGY (4). Analysis of plant-                      HORT 358. ^LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION
adaptation, basic morphology, major cultivars, and    environment relationship; principles underlying         TECHNIQUES (4). Study of landscape
markets. Offered alternate years.                     manipulation of aerial and soil environments; site      construction process from initial site analysis to
                                                      evaluations; plant adaptation; diagnosis of plant       finished landscape. Techniques used in building
HORT 255. HERBACEOUS ORNAMENTAL                       damage. Lec/lab. PREREQS: General biology or            hardscape and landscape areas. Field trips
PLANT MATERIALS (3). Identification and                botany sequence.                                        required. Lec/lab. (Writing Intensive Course)
culture of herbaceous plants used in the
landscape. Offered alternate years.                   HORT 303. HORTICULTURAL PROJECTS                        HORT 360. LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION:
                                                      (2). Student-managed crop production projects           IRRIGATION AND DRAINAGE (4). Surface
HORT 260. ORGANIC FARMING AND                         with emphasis on container grown, greenhouse            grading/drainage techniques and structures;
GARDENING (3). Organic farming and gardening          crops. Crop scheduling, propagation and planting,       principles and techniques of landscape and turf
methods are discussed in class and practiced in       selecting temperature and lighting regimes,             irrigation. Field trips required. Lec/lab. PREREQS:
the field. The philosophical background of organic     specifying growth regulator applications, nutrient      HORT 358, CSS 305.
farming as well as the biological, environmental      management, irrigation management, pest
and social factors involved in organic food                                                                   HORT 361. M/GREENHOUSE AND NURSERY
                                                      monitoring, and problem diagnosis and correction.       PRODUCTION AND MANAGEMENT I (1-4).
production are covered. Emphasis is on hands-         PREREQS: HORT 301.
on application of scientific principles to create                                                              Course offered in 3 modules covering: a) overview
sustainable food production systems. Lec/lab.         HORT 311. ^PLANT PROPAGATION (4). The                   of greenhouse and nursery industry and decisions
                                                      regeneration of plants from vegetative and              to be made in establishing a business (1 credit).
HORT 270. INTRODUCTION TO THERAPEUTIC                 reproductive tissue and organs. Horticultural and       b) plant aerial environment (1 credit). c) plant root
HORTICULTURE (2). An introduction to the              physiological principles, methods, and techniques       environment (2 credits). PREREQS: HORT 301.
history, benefits, and methods of therapeutic          for laboratory, greenhouse nursery, field, and
horticulture. Surveys program models for                                                                      HORT 363. SEED BIOLOGY (3). Biological
                                                      orchard. (Writing Intensive Course) PREREQS:            aspects of seed formation and development,
vocational, social/recreational, wellness and         HORT 301.
therapeutic applications of horticulture.                                                                     germination, maturation, dormancy, and
                                                      HORT 314. PRINCIPLES OF TURFGRASS                       deterioration. Fundamentals of seed composition
HORT 271. TECHNIQUES & ADAPTIVE                       MAINTENANCE (4). Identification and                      and function. Lec/lab. CROSSLISTED as CSS 363.
STRATEGIES IN THERAPEUTIC                             adaptation of common turfgrasses. Physiology            PREREQS: BI 103 or BI 212.
HORTICULTURE (2). An introduction to the              of turfgrass growth and response to cultural
characteristics of therapeutic gardens. Survey                                                                HORT 380. ADVANCED LANDSCAPE DESIGN
                                                      and environmental stresses. Cultural practices          STUDIO (3). The assessment of design
of year-round, indoor and outdoor therapeutic         including establishment, general maintenance,
horticultural programming adaptations, strategies                                                             problems/situations, the development of solutions
                                                      and pest control. Field trips required. PREREQS:        and the communication of those solutions to
and techniques for different special populations.     CSS 305.
PREREQS: HORT 270                                                                                             the client through the design. Specific topics
                                                      HORT 315. PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF                   include designing for ecosystem maintenance/
HORT 272. BASIC THERAPEUTIC SKILLS I                  LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE (4). Maintenance                  enhancement, introduction to computer-aided
(2). The assessment and evaluation process            practices related to non-turf landscape areas.          design (CAD), using color in landscape designs
in therapeutic horticulture. Development of           Emphasis on pruning, planting, fertilization, and       and rendering section/elevation views. PREREQS:
communication strategies, helping skills, and         pest control. Plant responses to stress, particularly   HORT 280 and HORT 315 and HORT 358
horticultural skills for therapeutic situations.      those encountered in the urban environment. Field
PREREQS: HORT 271                                                                                             HORT 385. ^LANDSCAPE OPERATIONS
                                                      trips required. PREREQS: HORT 301.                      (3). Managing a successful landscape design,
HORT 273. BASIC THERAPEUTIC SKILLS II                 HORT 316. M/PLANT NUTRITION (4). Factors                construction and/or management company
(2). Assessment and documentation tools in            influencing nutrient absorption and plant                requires significant knowledge beyond the
therapeutic horticulture. Treatment issues related    composition are presented. Basic concepts of            horticulture skills practiced on the job site.
to different types of physical and mental issues.     mineral nutrition and soil management for woody         Students will learn about the size, nature, and
Conduct and evaluate therapeutic horticultural        plants and turf are emphasized. Also offered in 3       economic status of the landscape industry,
activity sessions. PREREQS: HORT 272                  modules covering: a) Factors influencing nutrient        contracts, specifications, licensing, certification,
HORT 274. THERAPEUTIC HORTICULTURAL                   absorption and plant composition (2 credits).           environmental issues, safety and personnel
PROGRAMS FOR OLDER ADULTS/CHILDREN                    b) Diagnosing nutritional disorders (1 credit).         management. (Writing Intensive Course)
(2). Benefits and applications of therapeutic          c) Physiology of plant nutrition (1 credit). This       HORT 399. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). This course
horticulture to older adults and special needs        course is repeatable for a maximum of 4 credits.        is repeatable for a maximum of 99 credits.
children. PREREQS: HORT 273                           PREREQS: CSS 305.
                                                                                                              HORT 401. RESEARCH (1-16). This course is
HORT 275. THERAPEUTIC GARDEN DESIGN,                  HORT 317. TURF FERTILITY (1). Factors                   repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
MAINTENANCE AND PROGRAMMING (2).                      influencing the nutritional management of turf
The history, characteristics and design of the        systems are discussed. The course is intended for       HORT 403. THESIS (1-16). This course
therapeutic garden. The used of the garden in         students whose primary interest is professional         is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
therapeutic horticultural programming. PREREQS:       turfgrass management. PREREQS: HORT 316,                PREREQS: Junior standing. Departmental
HORT 274 and HORT 280                                 HORT 314.                                               approval required.
HORT 280. INTRODUCTION TO LANDSCAPE                   HORT 318. APPLIED ECOLOGY OF MANAGED                    HORT 405. READING AND CONFERENCE
DESIGN (3). Students will actively discover           ECOSYSTEMS (3). Survey of ecological                    (1-16). This course is repeatable for a maximum
the landscape design process, from initial client     processes in managed ecosystems emphasizing             of 16 credits.
interview and site assessment to presentation         ecological management techniques. Ecosystem
                                                      services; biodiversity management; weed                 HORT 406. PROJECTS: DATA PRESENTATIONS
of the final plan. Basic design principles, plant                                                              (1). The design, evaluation, and development of
                                                      dynamics; agroecology; urban ecology; restoration
                                                                                                    College of Agricultural Sciences                          135



poster and slide presentations containing scientific    understanding of the molecular events leading to        HORT 501. RESEARCH (1-16). This course is
data. Practice in written and oral communication       changes in texture, color, and aroma needed to          repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
skills relating to public presentation of data in      manipulate and preserve fruit quality. Knowledge
written and oral form. CROSSLISTED as BRR              of hormonal and genetic controls of fruit ripening      HORT 503. THESIS (1-16). This course is
406. PREREQS: Junior or senior standing.               is also essential for maintaining fruit quality.        repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
                                                       PREREQS: CH 332 and HORT 430 and statistics             HORT 505. READING AND CONFERENCE
HORT 407. SEMINAR (1).                                 are recommended.                                        (1-16). This course is repeatable for a maximum
HORT 410. INTERNSHIP (1-12). Work internship           HORT 450. PLANT BREEDING (4). An                        of 16 credits.
to acquaint horticulture majors with the practices     introduction to the genetic improvement of
of the horticulture industry. Under direction of                                                               HORT 507. SEMINAR (1-16). This course is
                                                       self-pollinated, cross-pollinated, and asexually        repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
departmental internship committee. Requires            propagated species and the genetic principles
approved statement of intent, submission of            on which breeding methods are based.                    HORT 511. RESEARCH AND EDUCATIONAL
employer and employee evaluation forms and             Examples are drawn from a wide range of crops,          PERSPECTIVES IN HORTICULTURE (2).
written report. This course is repeatable for          including cereal grains, grasses, fruits, nuts, and     Introduces beginning graduate students to the
a maximum of 12 credits. PREREQS: Junior               vegetables; guest lecturers discuss their breeding      faculty in horticulture and provides an in-depth
standing.                                              programs. Additional topics include crop evolution,     discussion of their research and education
HORT 411. HORTICULTURE BOOK CLUB (1).                  germplasm preservation, disease resistance, and         programs.
Reading and discussion of noteworthy books and         biotechnology. Lec/lab. CROSSLISTED as CSS              HORT 512. DISCUSSIONS IN PLANT SCIENCE
associated topics relating to agriculture, society     450/CSS 550. PREREQS: BI 311 or HORT 430/               (1). Student presentations dealing with selected
and the environment. This course is repeatable for     HORT 530.                                               topics in the plant sciences and examined in the
a maximum of 2 credits. PREREQS: Sophomore             HORT 451. TREE FRUIT PHYSIOLOGY AND                     context of contemporary research. (Students
standing.                                              CULTURE (4). Plant growth and development               enroll once in each academic year.) This course is
HORT 412. CAREER EXPLORATION:                          in relation to tree fruit production; emphasis on       repeatable for a maximum of 2 credits.
INTERNSHIPS AND RESEARCH PROJECTS                      canopy development and pruning theory, flowering         HORT 513. PLANT GENETIC ENGINEERING (3).
(1). Provides orientation to the horticulture major    and fruit set, and development, dormancy, and           Principles, methods, and recent developments in
internship and research project requirement.           cold acclimation. Field trips required. Offered         the genetic engineering of higher plants. Offered
Covers procedures for selecting, performing, and       alternate years. PREREQS: HORT 301, BOT 331,            alternate years. PREREQS: BOT 331, BI 311 or
reporting on an internship or research project.        or concurrent enrollment.                               HORT 430/HORT 530, CSS 430/CSS 530.
Includes guidance and skill development valuable       HORT 452. BERRY AND GRAPE PHYSIOLOGY
in the pursuit of horticultural career goals, such                                                             HORT 514. M/INFORMATION SYSTEMS IN
                                                       AND CULTURE (4). Production of wine grapes,             AGRICULTURE (4). Introduction to precision
as cover letter and resume preparation and             caneberries, strawberries, blueberries, and other
interviewing experience.                                                                                       farming tools (GIS, image processing, GPS, and
                                                       miscellaneous berry crops. Emphasis on plant            computer-linked agricultural equipment). Students
HORT 414. M/INFORMATION SYSTEMS IN                     growth and development; pruning and training            enrolling in 4 credits also complete a class
AGRICULTURE (4). Introduction to precision             systems; flower and fruit development and                project. Also offered in 4 modules: 1. Geographic
farming tools (GIS, image processing, GPS, and         cultivars. Field trips required. Offered in alternate   Information Systems (GIS) (1 credit). 2. Image
computer-linked agricultural equipment). Students      years. PREREQS: HORT 301.                               Processing (1 credit). 3. Global Positioning
enrolling in 4 credits also complete a class           HORT 453. GRAPEVINE GROWTH AND                          Systems (GPS) (1 credit). 4. Computer Assisted
project. Also offered in 4 modules: 1. Geographic      PHYSIOLOGY (3). The physiological aspects               Landscape Design (1 credit). This course is
Information Systems (GIS) (1 credit). 2. Image         of grapevine growth and development including           repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
Processing (1 credit). 3. Global Positioning           dormancy, flowering and fruit set, vegetative
Systems (GPS) (1 credit). 4. Computer Assisted                                                                 HORT 516. ADVANCED PLANT NUTRITION (4).
                                                       growth, fruit development and water relations.          Factors influencing nutrient absorption and plant
Landscape Design (1 credit).                           Additional topics include taxonomy, morphology          composition with an emphasis on plant physiology
HORT 418. GOLF COURSE MAINTENANCE (4).                 and physiological influences of vineyard                 and soil chemistry. Diagnostic approaches to
Basic aspects of golf course maintenance under         mesoclimate and vine microclimate. Lec/lab.             determining nutritional status are discussed
temperate zone conditions. Lec/lab. PREREQS:           PREREQS: HORT 301 or instructor approval.               in detail. Current efforts to enhance nutritional
HORT 314.                                              HORT 454. PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF                   efficiency are explained. Offered alternate years.
HORT 430. PLANT GENETICS (3). Introduction             VINEYARD PRODUCTION (3). The relationship               PREREQS: BOT 331, CSS 305.
to the principles of plant genetics with an            of vineyard and canopy management to grapevine          HORT 517. DIAGNOSIS OF NUTRITIONAL
emphasis on the structure and function of              physiology and fruit quality. Nutrient/water            DISORDERS (1). Factors influencing the
economically important plant genomes.                  relations within the soil/vine continuum. Vineyard      interpretation of soil and plant testing are
CROSSLISTED as CSS 430/CSS 530.                        microclimate, floor management, and pests will           discussed. Emphasis is placed on horticultural
PREREQS: One year of biology and chemistry.            also be discussed. Lec/lab. PREREQS: HORT               crops. The same information presented in HORT
                                                       301 and HORT 453 or instructor approval.                316 module (b) is available for graduate credit in
HORT 431. PLANT GENETICS RECITATION
(1). Review and demonstration of plant genetics        HORT 480. CASE STUDIES IN CROPPING                      this course. PREREQS: BOT 331, CSS 305.
principles. CROSSLISTED as CSS 431.                    SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT (4). Decision cases                  HORT 520. TOPICS IN HORTICULTURE
                                                       involving the production of field and horticultural      RESEARCH (1-16). This course is repeatable for
HORT 433. SYSTEMATICS AND ADAPTATION                   crops; individual and group activities; discussion
OF VEGETABLE CROPS (4). Covers the                                                                             a maximum of 15 credits.
                                                       of the decision-making process. Multiple field
botanical and taxonomic relationships, breeding        trips required. A field trip fee may be charged.         HORT 521. RESEARCH TECHNIQUES (1-16).
systems and adaptation of vegetable crops. Fresh       This course is repeatable for a maximum of 8            Separate sections dealing with the theory and
material is used to illustrate varietal differences    credits. CROSSLISTED as CSS 480/CSS 580.                practice of various laboratory and field techniques
and traits of importance. Lec/lab. CROSSLISTED         PREREQS: HORT 300 or CSS 300, senior                    used in horticultural research. This course is
as CSS 433/CSS 533. PREREQS: BI 102 or                 standing in agriculture.                                repeatable for a maximum of 30 credits.
BI 213 or BI 311 or (HORT 430 or CSS 430) or
(HORT 450 or CSS 450)                                  HORT 481. CASE STUDIES IN                               HORT 530. PLANT GENETICS (3). Introduction
                                                       HORTICULTURAL SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT                        to the principles of plant genetics with an
HORT 438. EXPLORING WORLD                              (4). Field-based decision cases involving               emphasis on the structure and function of
AGRICULTURE (2). Survey of crop and livestock          problematical situations encountered in                 economically important plant genomes.
production in a designated section of the world,       horticultural farming systems including nursery         CROSSLISTED as CSS 430/CSS 530.
including history, culture, and political situation.   production, orchard and vineyard systems,               PREREQS: One year of biology and chemistry.
Course is designed to prepare students for a tour      market gardening, Christmas tree, and row crop
of study area. CROSSLISTED as AREC 438,                                                                        HORT 533. SYSTEMATICS AND ADAPTATION
                                                       production. Required field trips may include             OF VEGETABLE CROPS (4). Covers the
CSS 438, ANS 438. Graded P/N. This course is           weekend trips. This course is repeatable for a
repeatable for a maximum of 8 credits.                                                                         botanical and taxonomic relationships, breeding
                                                       maximum of 8 credits. PREREQS: HORT/CSS                 systems and adaptation of vegetable crops. Fresh
HORT 441. PLANT TISSUE CULTURE (4).                    300, HORT 301, CSS 305.                                 material is used to illustrate varietal differences
Principles, methods, and applications of plant         HORT 495. HORTICULTURAL MANAGEMENT                      and traits of importance. Lec/lab. CROSSLISTED
tissue culture. Laboratory is important part of        PLANS (3). Develop an integrated management             as CSS 433/CSS 533. PREREQS: BI 102 or
course. Topics include callus culture, regeneration,   plan for a horticultural enterprise. Course may be      BI 213 or BI 311 or (HORT/CSS 430) or (HORT/
somaclonal variation, micropropagation, anther         repeated once for credit. This course is repeatable     CSS 450).
culture, somatic hybridization, and transformation.    for a maximum of 6 credits. PREREQS: Senior
PREREQS: BOT 331, BI 311, or HORT 430/                                                                         HORT 541. PLANT TISSUE CULTURE (4).
                                                       standing.                                               Principles, methods, and applications of plant
HORT 530.
                                                       HORT 499. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). This course            tissue culture. Laboratory is important part of
HORT 445. FRUIT QUALITY (3). Important                 is repeatable for a maximum of 99 credits.              course. Topics include callus culture, regeneration,
aspects of fruit physiology, development,                                                                      somaclonal variation, micropropagation, anther
and biochemistry related to fruit quality. An
136         Oregon State University



culture, somatic hybridization, and transformation.     RANGELAND ECOLOGY                            servation, and use of rangelands. Since
CROSSLISTED as MCB 541.                                                                              range management is practiced on lands
                                                        AND MANAGEMENT
HORT 550. PLANT BREEDING (4). An                                                                     producing domestic and wild animals,
introduction to the genetic improvement of                                                           timber, water, and recreation, concepts
self-pollinated, cross-pollinated, and asexually        Michael M. Borman, Head
propagated species and the genetic principles           202 Strand Agriculture Hall                  of integrated land use are included in
on which breeding methods are based.                    Oregon State University                      the curriculum. A balance among soil,
Examples are drawn from a wide range of crops,                                                       domestic animal, wildlife, ecology, and
including cereal grains, grasses, fruits, nuts, and     Corvallis, OR 97331-6704
vegetables; guest lecturers discuss their breeding      541-737-3341                                 other biological sciences is realized in the
programs. Additional topics include crop evolution,     E-mail: rangelands@oregonstate.edu           educational program.
germplasm preservation, disease resistance, and         Web site: http://oregonstate.edu/dept/          The curriculum below includes uni-
biotechnology. Lec/lab. CROSSLISTED as CSS                                                           versity and departmental requirements
450/CSS 550. PREREQS: BI 311 or HORT 430.               range/
                                                                                                     for the BS degree and provides emphasis
HORT 552. BERRY AND GRAPE PHYSIOLOGY                                                                 either in science, management, ecol-
AND CULTURE (4). Production of wine grapes,             FACULTY
caneberries, strawberries, blueberries, and other       Professors Borman, Johnson, Larson,          ogy, or allied disciplines. The BS degree
miscellaneous berry crops. Emphasis on plant            McInnis, J. Miller, R. Miller, Peters,       is also offered on the campus of Eastern
growth and development; pruning and training            Sharrow                                      Oregon University at La Grande through
systems; flower and fruit development and                                                             an extension of the OSU Department of
cultivars. Field trips required. Offered in alternate   Associate Professors Deboodt,
years. PREREQS: HORT 301.                               Schreder, Williams                           Rangeland Ecology and Management.
                                                        Assistant Professors Delaney,                Facilities for study include classroom
HORT 564. ADVANCED SEED BIOLOGY (3).
Review of seed development, dormancy, and               Ehrhart, Johnson, Mata-Gonzalez              and field-oriented educational environ-
germination. Reading and discussion of advanced         Instructor Carr                              ments both on-campus and at locations
seed biology research. Offered in alternate years.                                                   throughout Oregon. Field trips are taken
PREREQS: Graduate or professional students only.                                                     in conjunction with specific courses.
                                                        COURTESY FACULTY
HORT 573. CYTOGENETICS (4). Effects of                  Associate Professors Pyke, Stringham            Graduate work leading to MAg, MAIS,
variation in chromosome structure and number.                                                        MS, or PhD degrees may involve research
Offered alternate years. CROSSLISTED as GEN             Assistant Professors Bates, Boyd,
573, MCB 573. PREREQS: BI 311 or equivalent.            Davies, Ganskopp, George, James, Sheley,     on domestic or wild animals, rangeland
                                                        Svejcar                                      nutrition, community ecology, physi-
HORT 580. CASE STUDIES IN CROPPING
SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT (4). Decision cases                                                               ology of rangeland plants, rangeland
involving the production of field and horticultural                                                   improvement, rangeland watershed and
crops; individual and group activities; discussion      Undergraduate Major                          riparian zone management, rangeland
of the decision-making process. Multiple field           Rangeland Ecology and                        restoration, utilization and management,
trips required. A field trip fee may be charged.
CROSSLISTED as CSS 480/CSS 580.                           Management (BS)                            agroforestry and landscape ecology.
PREREQS: HORT 300 or CSS 300, graduate                    Options                                       Summer employment with private
standing in agriculture.                                                                             industry, government agencies, and on
                                                          General Rangeland Resources
HORT 599. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). This course              Range/Forestry                             range research projects makes possible
is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                                                           learning experiences while earning
                                                          Range Management
HORT 601. RESEARCH (1-16). This course is                                                            a salary. Employment opportunities
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                   Range Science
                                                                                                     include resource management, research,
                                                          Range/Soils
HORT 603. DISSERTATION (1-16). This course                                                           Extension, ranch management, college
is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                Range/Wildlife                             and university teaching, business and
HORT 605. READING AND CONFERENCE                          Wildland Ecology                           industrial activities related to rangeland
(1-16). This course is repeatable for a maximum                                                      resources, and foreign agricultural and
of 16 credits.                                          Minor                                        resource development assistance.
HORT 606. PROJECTS (1-16). This course is               Rangeland Ecology and Management                The Department of Rangeland Ecology
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                                                              and Management is accredited by the
HORT 607. SEMINAR (1-16). This course is                Graduate Major                               Society for Range Management. It is rec-
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                 Rangeland Ecology and Management             ognized throughout the country as one
HORT 611. PLANT GENETICS (3). Specific and                 (MS, PhD)                                  of the leading institutions of rangeland
current topics in genetics of particular relevance to                                                management.
higher plants. Offered alternate years.                   Graduate Areas of Concentration
HORT 699. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). This course              Agroforestry
                                                          Ecology of Rangelands
                                                                                                     RANGELAND ECOLOGY AND
is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
                                                                                                     MANAGEMENT (BS, CRED, HBS)
                                                          Physiology of Range Plants
                                                                                                     To earn the Rangeland Ecology and Man-
                                                          Range Improvement                          agement BS degree, each student must
                                                          Range Nutrition                            take the core courses plus additional
                                                          Restoration Ecology                        courses in one of the seven options: gen-
                                                          Riparian Zone Management                   eral rangeland resources, range manage-
                                                          Watershed Management                       ment, range science, range/forestry/fire
                                                                                                     management, range/soils, range/wildlife,
                                                        Graduate Minor                               wildland ecology.
                                                        Rangeland Ecology and Management                Course work credit may not be
                                                                                                     counted twice to satisfy department core,
                                                                                                     option or minor requirements. Depart-
                                                        Rangeland resource management is one         mental requirements may be utilized to
                                                        of the family of natural resources profes-   satisfy Baccalaureate Core and non-de-
                                                        sions important to the social, economic,     partmental minor requirements.
                                                        and political development of Oregon, the
                                                        nation, and the world. It is based upon      Baccalaureate Core (48)6
                                                        ecological principles and is concerned       General Sciences and
                                                        with the restoration, improvement, con-      Communications (49 minimum)6
                                                                                    College of Agricultural Sciences                     137



ANS 313. Applied Animal Nutrition: Feeds       Select at least 12 credits from below:          RNG 436. Wildland Fire Science and
 and Ration Formulation (4)                    ANS 420. ^Ethical Issues in Animal               Management (4)
ANS 436. Sheep Production Systems (3)           Agriculture (3)                                RNG 446. Wildland Fire Ecology (3)
  or ANS 443. Beef Production Systems (3)      AREC 211. Management in Agriculture (4)         Total=27
AREC 351. *Natural Resource Economics          AREC 253. *Environmental Law, Policy, and
 and Policy (3)                                                                                Footnote:
                                                Economics (4)                                  8
                                                                                                Offered during Forestry’s Spring Intensive
  or AREC 352. *Environmental Economics        AREC 311. Intermediate Microeconomic            Term.
 and Policy (3)                                 Theory I (4)
BI 211, BI 212. *Principles of Biology (4,4)   AREC 353. Public Land Statutes and Policy (4)
                                                                                               RANGE/SOILS OPTION
BI 370. Ecology (3)                            AREC 434. ^Environmental and Resource
                                                Economics (3)                                  Option course work must include a
  or BOT 341. Plant Ecology (4)
                                               AREC 441. Agricultural Financial                minimum of 15 upper-division credits.
BOT 321. Plant Systematics (4)
                                                Management (4)                                 Students must choose one option.
BOT 331. Plant Physiology (4)
 or BOT 488. Environmental Physiology of       AREC 442. Agricultural Business                 CSS 315. ^Nutrient Management and
 Plants (3)                                     Management (4)                                  Cycling (4)
BOT 414. Agrostology (4)                       AREC 453. Public Land and Resource Law (4)      CSS 455. Biology of Soil Ecosystems (4)
CH 121. General Chemistry (5)                  BA 211. Financial Accounting (4)                CSS 535. Soil Physics (3)
CH 122. *General Chemistry (5)                 CSS 315. ^Nutrient Management and               Other soils and rangeland courses (10)
CH 130. General Chemistry of Living             Cycling (4)
                                               CSS 440. Weed Management (4)                    Total=21
 Systems (4)
CSS 305. Principles of Soil Science (4)        FW 435. ^Wildlife in Agricultural
                                                Ecosystems (3)                                 RANGE/WILDLIFE OPTION
CSS 306. Solving Problems: Soil Science                                                        Option course work must include a
 Applications (1)                              RNG 477. *Agroforestry (3)
                                                                                               minimum of 15 upper-division credits.
CSS 466. Soil Morphology and                   Plus electives to total 27 credits
 Classification (4)                                                                             Students must choose one option.
ECON 201. *Intro to Microeconomics (4)         RANGE MANAGEMENT OPTION                         BI 311. Genetics (4)
GEO 102. *The Surface of the Earth (4)         Option course work must include a mini-         Zoology Courses (6)
MTH 241. *Calculus for Management and          mum of 15 upper-division credits.                Select at least 17 credits from
 Social Science (4)                                                                               below:
ST 351. Intro to Statistical Methods (4)        Select 19 credits from the following:           FW 311. Biology of Birds (3)
 or ST 201. Principles of Statistics (3)        ANS 121. *Intro to Animal Sciences (4)            or Z 471. Ornithology (4)
 plus ST 209. Principles of Hypothesis          AREC 211. Management in Agriculture (4)         FW 317. Biology of Mammals (3)
 Testing (1)                                    CSS 315. ^Nutrient Management and               FW 318. Systematics of Mammals (2)
WR 327. *Technical Writing (3)                    Cycling (4)
                                                                                                FW 320. Introduction to Population
                                                CSS 430. Plant Genetics (3)                       Dynamics (4)
Natural Resources (10 minimum)
CSS 310. Forage Production (4)                  CSS 440. Weed Management (4)                    FW 321. Fish and Wildlife Ecology (3)
FOR 111. Intro to Forestry (3)                  RNG 436. Wildland Fire Science and              FW 451. Avian Conservation and
FOR 251. Recreation Resource Management           Management (4)                                  Management (5)
 (4)                                            RNG 446. Wildland Fire Ecology (3)              FW 458. Management of Big Game
FW 251. Principles of Fish and Wildlife         RNG 455. Riparian Ecology and                     Animals (4)
 Conservation (3)                                 Management (3)                                FW 481. Wildlife Ecology (4)
                                                Electives (8)                                   FW 485. *Consensus and Natural
Rangeland Ecology and
Management (33 minimum)                        Total=27                                           Resources (3)
RNG 241. Rangeland Ecology and                                                                    or Z 348. *Human Ecology (3)
 Management (3)                                RANGE SCIENCE OPTION                             Z 365. Biology of Insects (4)
RNG 253. Wildland Plant Identification (4)      Option course work must include a                Z 473. Biology of Amphibians and Reptiles
RNG 351. Range Ecology I-Grasslands (3)        minimum of 15 upper-division credits.              (3)
RNG 352. Range Ecology II-Shrublands (3)       Students must choose one option.                Total=27
RNG 355. Desert Watershed Management (3)       ANS 378. Animal Genetics (4)
RNG 403. ^Senior Thesis (1–16)                 Biology, Rangeland Ecology and                  WILDLAND ECOLOGY OPTION
RNG 421. Wildland Restoration and                Management courses (13)                       Option course work must include a
 Ecology (4)                                   Physics (8)                                     minimum of 15 upper-division credits.
RNG 441. Rangeland Analysis (4)                Electives (2)                                   Students must choose one option.
RNG 442. Rangeland-Animal Relations (4)
RNG 490. Rangeland Management                  Total=27                                        Select two courses from below:
 Planning (4)                                                                                  CSS 535. Soil Physics (3)
                                               RANGE/FORESTRY/FIRE                             FW 311. Biology of Birds (3)
Free electives (13 maximum)                    MANAGEMENT OPTION                                or FW 317. Biology of Mammals (3)
Total Credits=180                              Option course work must include a mini-         FW 321. Fisheries and Wildlife Resource
Footnotes:                                     mum of 15 upper-division credits.                Ecology (3)
* Baccalaureate Core Course                                                                    FW 458. Management of Big Game Animals
                                               Select 27 credits from:
^ Writing Intensive Course (WIC)                                                                (4)
6
  Certain classes may be used to satisfy       BOT 415. Forest Insect and Disease
                                                                                               RNG 455. Riparian Ecology and
both the baccalaureate core and the             Management (5)
                                                                                                Management (3)
rangeland ecology and management core.         FOR 220. Aerial Photo Interpretation and
                                                Forest Measurements (4)                         Select three courses from below:
                                               FOR 241. Dendrology (5)                          BI 371. ^Ecological Methods (3)
GENERAL RANGELAND
RESOURCES OPTION                               FOR 321. Forest Mensuration (5)                  BOT 442. Plant Population Ecology (3)
Option course work must include a mini-        FOR 341. Forest Ecology (3)8                     FOR 341. Forest Ecology (3)
mum of 15 upper-division credits. The          FOR 407. Seminar (1–16)                          GEO 422. Reconstructing Historical
                                               FOR 420. Advanced Aerial Photos and                Landscapes (3)
general option is designed to allow stu-
dents, with advisor approval, to develop        Remote Sensing (3)                             Electives (6)
a specialized knowledge emphasis.              FOR 441. Silviculture Principles (4)
                                                                                               Total=27
138       Oregon State University



RANGELAND ECOLOGY AND                            RANGELAND ECOLOGY AND                                 use, manipulative tools. Concepts of arid land
MANAGEMENT MINOR                                 MANAGEMENT GRADUATE                                   hydrology, with emphasis on the resultant effects
                                                                                                       on runoff quantity and quality. This course is
Requirements                                     MINOR                                                 repeatable for a maximum of 99 credits.
RNG 241. Rangeland Ecology and                   For more details, see the departmental
                                                                                                       RNG 399. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). May be
 Management (3)                                  advisor.                                              repeated for a total of 16 credits. This course is
RNG 351. Range Ecology I-Grasslands (3)                                                                repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
RNG 352. Range Ecology II-Shrublands (3)         COURSES                                               RNG 403. SENIOR THESIS (1-16). This course
                                                 RNG 101. ORIENTATION TO CAREERS IN
RNG 421. Wildland Restoration and                RANGELAND ECOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT
                                                                                                       is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
 Ecology (4)                                     (1). Orientation to the OSU Department of
                                                                                                       PREREQS: Departmental approval required.
RNG 442. Rangeland-Animal Relations (4)          Rangeland Ecology and Management; and major           RNG 405. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).
RNG 490. Rangeland Management                    fields of study in the profession of rangeland         This course is repeatable for a maximum of 16
 Planning (4)                                    resources and related fields of natural resources.     credits.
                                                 Learn about careers in natural resources, writing
 Select 7 additional credits from:               resumes, government employment, graduate              RNG 406. PROJECTS (1-16). This course is
 Any other RNG course                            school opportunities.                                 repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
 ANS 436. Sheep Production Systems (3)           RNG 241. RANGELAND ECOLOGY AND                        RNG 411. ADVANCED PLANT ID (2). Advanced
 ANS 443. Beef Production Systems (3)            MANAGEMENT (3). Nature and management                 rangeland plant taxonomy. This course is
                                                 of rangelands. Integrated land use with emphasis      repeatable for a maximum of 99 credits.
 BOT 341. Plant Ecology (4)                                                                            PREREQS: Departmental approval required.
                                                 on plant-animal-soil interactions. PREREQS:
Total=28                                         Sophomore standing.                                   RNG 421. WILDLAND RESTORATION
Note: Completion of the Rangeland                RNG 253. WILDLAND PLANT IDENTIFICATION                AND ECOLOGY (4). Emphasis is placed on
Resources minor alone does not qualify           (4). Students will learn how to identify              understanding the ecology of arid and semi-arid
                                                 approximately 100 plant species found in              ecosystems through the study of ecological
students for rangeland conservationist                                                                 processes responsible for ecosystem function.
                                                 wildlands of North America and Mexico. Individual
positions with the U.S. Office of Person-         plant species ecology, basic plant anatomy and        Range improvement practices for stabilizing
nel Management (OPM).                            identification characteristics observable only         and repairing degraded wildlands by directing
                                                 through a microscope or dissecting scope, and         autogenic recovery mechanisms are discussed.
                                                 how to use a dichotomous key for plant ID will also   This involves manipulating plants, soil, animals
RANGELAND ECOLOGY AND                                                                                  and microenvironments for improved ecosystem
MANAGEMENT (MAg, MS, PhD)                        be covered.
                                                                                                       function. This course is repeatable for a maximum
                                                 RNG 299. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). This course           of 99 credits. PREREQS: Course work in soils and
  Graduate Areas of Concentration                is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.            ecology. Field trip required.
  Agroforestry, ecology of rangelands,
  physiology of range plants, range              RNG 299H. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). This                 RNG 436. WILDLAND FIRE SCIENCE AND
  improvement, range nutrition,                  course is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.     MANAGEMENT (4). Principles and applications
                                                 PREREQS: Honors College approval required.            of fire as a natural resource management tool,
  restoration ecology, riparian zone
                                                                                                       the role of fire in conservation management,
  management, watershed management,              RNG 346. TOPICS IN WILDLAND FIRE (3). An
                                                                                                       restoration, and preservation of ecosystems.
                                                 interdisciplinary survey of concepts relating to
The Department of Rangeland Ecology              fire science, ecology, management, and policy.
                                                                                                       Covers basic techniques and current research
and Management offers the Master of                                                                    used to describe fire behavior and spread, fuels
                                                 Includes case studies of several representative
                                                                                                       and fuel manipulation, and fire effects on the
Science, the Master of Agriculture, and          ecosystems, ranging from west- and eastside
                                                                                                       biota. Focus will be on fire as a natural process in
the Doctor of Philosophy degrees.                forests of the Pacific Northwest to shrub steppe
                                                                                                       ecosystem dynamics. Lec/lab. CROSSLISTED as
                                                 ecosystems of the Intermountain West and
   The program integrates plant, soil,           chaparral ecosystems of southern California.
                                                                                                       FOR 436/FOR 536.
and animal sciences to prepare degree            Distance and campus-based delivery using              RNG 441. RANGELAND ANALYSIS (4).
candidates for leadership in this profes-        videos, website, and discussion. CROSSLISTED          Techniques used to describe vegetation in
sional field. Under the guidance of the           as FOR 346, FW 346. PREREQS: Course work in           shrub-lands, grasslands, and forests. Use of
                                                 forest biology or ecology (e.g. FOR 240, FOR 341)     measurements in resource management. Course
rangeland faculty, graduate students             or equivalent.                                        is field-oriented, emphasizing both theory and
study rangeland ecology, physiology of           RNG 351. RANGE ECOLOGY I-GRASSLANDS
                                                                                                       practice of wildland inventory methods. This
rangeland plants, rangeland nutrition,                                                                 course is repeatable for a maximum of 99 credits.
                                                 (3). Principles and terminology of grassland
rangeland improvements, watershed                                                                      PREREQS: ST 351 or ST 351H
                                                 ecology. Addresses the spacial-temporal dynamics
management, restoration ecology, agro-           of structure, function, and process in North          RNG 442. RANGELAND-ANIMAL RELATIONS
                                                 American grassland ecosystems. Water, nutrient        (4). Domestic and wild animal use of rangelands
forestry, water quality, and riparian zone       cycles and energy pathways are explored in            as related to environmental factors, palatability,
management. Through the Department               context of the variable driving forces of climate     food habits, nutrition, physiography, and their
of Rangeland Ecology and Management,             (drought), herbivory, and fire. PREREQS: BOT           effects on management of rangeland-animal
range management graduate students               313 and RNG 341                                       resources. This course is repeatable for a
                                                                                                       maximum of 99 credits. PREREQS: RNG 341
have access to greenhouse, field plot,            RNG 352. RANGE ECOLOGY II-SHRUBLANDS
pasture, range, and animal facilities on         (3). Introduces the ecology of shrublands using       RNG 446. WILDLAND FIRE ECOLOGY (3).
                                                 an autecological approach. Explores the effects       Coverage of fire histories and ecology of major
campus, and at the two Eastern Oregon            of stressors such as temperature, dought, fire,        forest, rangeland and wetland ecosystems.
Agricultural Research Center stations at         and herbivory on plant morphology, physiology,        Includes fire interactions with physical and
Union and Burns.                                 reproduction, and growth. Covers life histories of    biotic components of ecosystems, role of fire in
   Graduate students in rangeland ecol-          common shrubs and descriptions of shrubland           ecological processes, and utilization in natural
                                                 communities used to promote understanding of          resource management. CROSSLISTED as FOR
ogy and management may select courses            autecological principles. PREREQS: BOT 313 and        446/FOR 546 and FW 446/FW 546. PREREQS:
in complementary areas, including                RNG 341                                               Course work in ecology and natural resource
agricultural and resource economics, fish-        RNG 353. WILDLAND PLANT IDENTIFICATION
                                                                                                       management.
eries and wildlife, botany, soils, statistics,   (4). Students will learn how to identify              RNG 450. LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY AND
biology forestry, crop science, and animal       approximately 100 plant species found in              ANALYSIS (3). Course will introduce students
science. The selection of these comple-          wildlands of North America and Mexico. Individual     to the principles and terminology of landscape
                                                 plant species ecology, basic plant anatomy and        ecology in a rangeland context. We will examine
mentary areas depends on the interest            identification characteristics observable only         the pattern and distribution of elements across
of the students, their aptitude, and the         through a microscope or dissecting scope, and         the landscape and seek relationships between
thesis topic chosen. Minors are common-          how to use a dichotomous key for plant ID will also   element location and environmental parameters.
                                                 be covered.                                           Landscape dynamics through time will be
ly elected in botany, soils, forage crops,                                                             quantified, analyzed, and mapped. PREREQS:
animal nutrition, fisheries and wildlife,         RNG 355. DESERT WATERSHED
                                                                                                       RNG 341 and Or equivalent.
                                                 MANAGEMENT (3). Principles and methods in
agricultural and resource economics, or          managing rangeland for optimum production and         RNG 455. RIPARIAN ECOLOGY AND
in an integrated program of study.               regulation of water yields, as well as maintaining    MANAGEMENT (3). Study of the ecology of
                                                 soil stability and on-site productivity. Effects of   riparian vegetation, including successional
                                                 grazing herbivores and their potential as land        processes in riparian zones, productivity, structure
                                                                                                    College of Agricultural Sciences                       139



and diversity of riparian ecosystems. The class         RNG 555. RIPARIAN ECOLOGY AND                           RNG 663. RANGELAND ECOLOGICAL THEORY
is focused on the terrestrial vegetation, soils and     MANAGEMENT (3). Study of the ecology of                 (2). Readings and discussions in the history
animals of riparian ecosystems. Emphasis is             riparian vegetation, including successional             and development of rangeland ecological theory.
placed on the past abuse associated with riparian       processes in riparian zones, productivity, structure    Plant demography, plant population dynamics,
ecosystems, methods of rehabilitation, and              and diversity of riparian ecosystems. The class         disturbance theory, succession, vegetation
theories of the proper use of riparian ecosystems       is focused on the terrestrial vegetation, soils and     classification and range condition assessments
under a multiple-use philosophy (i.e. fish, wildlife,    animals of riparian ecosystems. Emphasis is             are discussed. PREREQS: Course in basic
livestock, aesthetics, recreation, and silviculture).   placed on the past abuse associated with riparian       ecology recommended. Instructor approval
PREREQS: RNG 355                                        ecosystems, methods of rehabilitation, and              for non-major graduate students. RNG 663
                                                        theories of the proper use of riparian ecosystems       is a prerequisite for Rangeland Ecology and
RNG 490. RANGELAND MANAGEMENT                           under a multiple-use philosophy (i.e. fish, wildlife,    Management students taking RNG 662.
PLANNING (4). Administration and management             livestock, aesthetics, recreation, and silviculture).
of rangelands; planning processes involving goal        This course is repeatable for a maximum of 99           RNG 670. ECOLOGICAL INVASIVE PLANT
setting, inventories, personnel management,             credits. PREREQS: RNG 355.                              MANAGEMENT (2). Logic of ecologically based
environment, conflict resolution, and other                                                                      invasive plant management. Ecological processes
constraints necessary for decision-making. Use of       RNG 563. FOUNDATIONS IN ECOLOGICAL                      of invasion. Management of plant succession with
data collected from field problems to support the        RESEARCH (3). Classical literature in the fields         emphasis on augmentive restoration. Adaptive
execution of class plans. Field trip required. Lec/     of plant and animal population and community            management of weed invasions into natural
lab. This course is repeatable for a maximum of         ecology will serve as the foundation for developing     ecosystems. Development of ecologically based
99 credits.                                             questions regarding the design of research              management plans for natural ecosystems.
                                                        studies that address current issues in the general      Offered odd-numbered years only.
RNG 499. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-16). This course             field of ecology and the environment, but also of
is repeatable for a maximum of 99 credits.              particular relevance to the discipline of rangeland
RNG 501. RESEARCH AND SCHOLARSHIP                       ecology. PREREQS: Completion of three or more
(1-16). This course is repeatable for a maximum         units of upper-division ecology.
of 16 credits.                                          RNG 577. AGROFORESTRY (3). Theory
RNG 503. MASTER’S THESIS (1-16). This                   and worldwide practice of multiple-crop low
course is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.       input sustainable systems involving concurrent
                                                        production of tree and agricultural products.
RNG 505. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).                 Biological, economic, social, and political factors
This course is repeatable for a maximum of 16           that underlie the application of agroforestry
credits.                                                technology. This course is repeatable for a
RNG 506. PROJECTS (1-16). This course is                maximum of 99 credits. PREREQS: Course in
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                 basic ecology, any ecology course.
RNG 507. SEMINAR (1-2). This course is                  RNG 590. RANGELAND MANAGEMENT
repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.                 PLANNING (4). Administration and management
                                                        of rangelands; planning processes involving goal
RNG 521. WILDLAND RESTORATION                           setting, inventories, personnel management,
AND ECOLOGY (4). Emphasis is placed on                  environment, conflict resolution, and other
understanding the ecology of arid and semi-arid         constraints necessary for decision-making. Use of
ecosystems through the study of ecological              data collected from field problems to support the
processes responsible for ecosystem function.           execution of class plans. Field trip required. Lec/
Range improvement practices for stabilizing             lab. This course is repeatable for a maximum of
and repairing degraded wildlands by directing           99 credits.
autogenic recovery mechanisms are discussed.
This involves manipulating plants, soil, animals        RNG 601. RESEARCH AND SCHOLARSHIP
and microenvironments for improved ecosystem            (1-16). This course is repeatable for a maximum
function. This course is repeatable for a maximum       of 16 credits.
of 99 credits.                                          RNG 603. DOCTORAL THESIS (1-16). This
RNG 536. WILDLAND FIRE SCIENCE AND                      course is repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
MANAGEMENT (4). Principles and applications             RNG 605. READING AND CONFERENCE (1-16).
of fire as a natural resource management tool,           This course is repeatable for a maximum of 16
the role of fire in conservation management,             credits.
restoration, and preservation of ecosystems.
Covers basic techniques and current research            RNG 606. PROJECTS (1-16). This course is
used to describe fire behavior and spread, fuels         repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
and fuel manipulation, and fire effects on the           RNG 607. SEMINAR (1-2). This course is
biota. Focus will be on fire as a natural process in     repeatable for a maximum of 16 credits.
ecosystem dynamics. Lec/lab. CROSSLISTED as
FOR 436/FOR 536.                                        RNG 608. WORKSHOP (1-16).
RNG 541. RANGELAND ANALYSIS (4).                        RNG 643. WILDLAND PLANT
Techniques used to describe vegetation in               ECOPHYSIOLOGY (4). Emphasizes the
shrub-lands, grasslands, and forests. Use of            physiological ecology of plants living in arid and
measurements in resource management. Course             semi-arid ecosystems. Primary class emphasis
is field-oriented, emphasizing both theory and           will include photosynthesis, respiration, water
practice of wildland inventory methods. This            stress and water use efficiency, stable isotopes,
course is repeatable for a maximum of 99 credits.       root structure and function, nutrient uptake and
PREREQS: ST 351.                                        stress, and defoliation. Offered every other fall,
                                                        even years.
RNG 542. RANGELAND-ANIMAL RELATIONS
(4). Domestic and wild animal use of rangelands         RNG 661. AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH
as related to environmental factors, palatability,      PERSPECTIVES (3). Planning and managing
food habits, nutrition, physiography, and their         agricultural research projects, publishing
effects on management of rangeland-animal               research results, professional ethics, interactions
resources. This course is repeatable for a              of science, scientists, and society. Offered on
maximum of 99 credits. PREREQS: RNG 341.                alternate years. This course is repeatable for a
                                                        maximum of 99 credits.
RNG 550. LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY AND
ANALYSIS (3). Course will introduce students            RNG 662. RANGELAND ECOLOGY (3). Studies
to the principles and terminology of landscape          ecological theory in rangeland and related
ecology in a rangeland context. We will examine         resource management. Population ecology,
the pattern and distribution of elements across         succession and classification are discussed and
the landscape and seek relationships between            evaluated. Offered every other fall, even years.
element location and environmental parameters.          This course is repeatable for a maximum of 99
Landscape dynamics through time will be                 credits. PREREQS: RNG 663 is a prerequisite for
quantified, analyzed, and mapped. PREREQS:               Rangeland Ecology and Management students
RNG 341 or equivalent.                                  taking RNG 662.

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:3
posted:1/11/2012
language:English
pages:45
jianghongl jianghongl http://
About